See all Online Master's Degrees in Health
See all Master's Degrees in Engineering
Most searched curriculums
Official qualification
Madrid
Get ready to stand out in the sports sector with one of the most complete and innovative degrees in CAFYD in the country. At the UAX Rafa Nadal University School you will train with experts in professional sport, train in cutting-edge facilities and master the technology most used in high performance, also obtaining 4 exclusive certifications in sports technology.
Your experience will be completed with internships in top entities such as the Rafa Nadal Academy, Atlético de Madrid, the CSD, football clubs, national federations or gyms, and with a solid and global professional projection plan. Here begins your path to become a benchmark in performance, health and sport.
Shall we take the first step together?
In collaboration with:
1800 Students
You are already enjoying the advantages of studying at the UAX Rafa Nadal, thanks to an offer of +20 innovative degrees, in line with your future in the labour market.
96 % EMPLOYABILITY
96% of our students are employed at the end of their degree.
100 % STUDENTS WITH INTERNSHIPS
100% of our students have access to internships during the degree.
200 AGREEMENTS WITH COMPANIES
Such as the Rafa Nadal Academy, Quirón Salud, Atlético de Madrid, among others.
Boost your career prospects in the sports sector with a university degree designed to achieve 100% employability and put you on the international map of the sports industry. The Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences (CAFYD), traditionally known as INEF, forms part of the innovative academic programme offered by the UAX Rafa Nadal University School, an educational model unique in Spain due to its practical approach, links with the business world and global outlook.
At the UAX Rafa Nadal University School, we work hand in hand with leading companies, clubs and organisations in the world of sport, enabling us to train highly qualified professionals in the most in-demand areas: sports coaching, sports management, high-performance sport, technology applied to sport, entrepreneurship, teaching and research.
Our educational ecosystem connects you with the professional world from day one, preparing you to become one of the most sought-after professionals in the national and international sports industry.
Our academic programme stands out for its practical approach and a methodology based on real-world challenges, applied workshops and training placements at leading sports organisations.
From day one, you’ll work on real-world case studies and develop the skills most in demand within the sector. You’ll learn to make decisions, lead teams, plan training sessions and apply innovative tools currently used in the sports industry.
You’ll have access to work placements at leading organisations in sport and health, such as: Rafa Nadal Academy by Movistar, Atlético de Madrid, Quirónsalud, sports federations, football clubs and many more leading companies in the sports sector.
A unique opportunity to gain real-world experience and build your professional network whilst you study.
You’ll enjoy over 1,000,000 m² of sports facilities and spaces, spread across 25 areas where more than 20 disciplines are practised. What’s more:
On the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences at the UAX Rafa Nadal University School, you’ll learn using the same technology employed by high-performance centres and professional teams. From the very first year, you’ll work with advanced tools to measure and analyse performance: force platforms, GPS systems, Optojump, photoelectric cells, electromyography, encoders, metabolic analysers such as COSMED K5 or VO2Master, and recovery and assessment devices such as Therabody and InBody.
Thanks to this practical approach, you’ll learn to interpret real-world data, assess physical fitness, prevent injuries and design science-based training programmes, preparing you for a job market that demands professionals capable of working with technology applied to sport.
Why study at the UAX Rafa Nadal University College?
As part of the proposal of the UAX Rafa Nadal University School, our students will be able to learn first-hand the tennis techniques and values that have led Rafael Nadal to become the best tennis player in history on clay courts, in a day of training and face-to-face masterclass with the athlete.
Access to internships at the club and its Sports City, participation of Atlético de Madrid professionals in course delivery, an exclusive immersive experience, and the opportunity to boost your talent through Maker Projects and applied research lines focused on performance and health.
Focusing on topics of real application: specialities or master's degrees in football, tennis, etc., performance improvement and recovery in elite sportsmen and women, functional assessment of sports performance, biomechanics, sports planning and management, entrepreneurship, etc.
In addition to the prestigious teaching staff of UAX, you will learn alongside the professionals who make up the Rafa Nadal team (Gemma Bes, Domingo Rosselló, Lluc Bauza, Rafa Alzamora and Antonio Arenas), to acquire the key knowledge and skills for your profession.
Exclusive online training programme based on the values that have made Rafa Nadal successful: effort, cooperation, empathy, leadership, professional ethics, resilience, work discipline, among others.
During your degree at CAFYD, you’ll work with cutting-edge technology in the sports sector on a day-to-day basis, enabling you to gain qualifications that will give you a competitive edge in the industry.
The only university where you can obtain one of the world's most prestigious certifications in the field of fitness and strength training.
Specialist in the use of technology for muscle recovery and activation.
Specialist certificate in training with pneumatic strength machines.
Oxygen therapy specialist, one of the most advanced and innovative technologies on the market in simulated altitude training.
- The Bachelor's Degree in CAFYD is designed from an eminently practical approach (80% of the content is practical). You will learn by "doing" and, moreover, in small groups to enhance your learning. You will have master classes, practical classes, seminars, workshops, visits to sports centres, etc.
- You will also have subjects related to "professional orientation itineraries".
- This degree is the only one in Spain to have NSCA training and exams integrated into the curriculum. The National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) is one of the most prestigious associations worldwide in the field of physical conditioning and strength training.
Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences
First Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0130512 | Team sports I | OB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Team sports ICódigo: 0130512 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Compulsory. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives - To gain an understanding of the basics of football, handball and rugby: structure, rules, basic techniques and their application to the educational setting and grassroots sport. - To acquire the skills to design sessions focused on both the educational setting and the early stages of sporting participation. - To enhance motor skills by practising the basic techniques of the sport Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set Learning outcomes - C.E.54. Understand and master the technical and tactical fundamentals, both individual and collective, in different sports disciplines. - C.E.55. Understand and apply the rules and regulations of different sports. - C.E.56. To understand and master, with an acceptable level of autonomy, specific technical elements and their application to the game and competition. Learning outcomes The criteria that may be used to assess the competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carry out practical work applying the concepts covered in class. -Apply what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations, using practical scenarios. -Reproducing the technical models developed in class, to an appropriate standard. - Compile a repertoire of exercises and games, knowing how to adapt them to various physical and sporting contexts. -Design learning situations based on the context and the characteristics of the target group. Description of the content FOOTBALL: THEORETICAL MODULE Topic 1: A Brief History of Football. Topic 2: Technique. Topic 3: Control. Topic 4: Skill and Dexterity. Topic 5: Dribbling. Topic 6: Shooting. Topic 7: Dribbling. Topic 8: Shooting. Topic 9: Passing. Topic 10: Passing and Combined Moves. Topic 11: Defensive Techniques. Topic 12: The goalkeeper. Topic 13: Tactics. Topic 14: Training Methodology. Topic 15: Laws of the Game. PRACTICAL SECTION Practical Session 1. Initial assessment of students’ procedural knowledge. Practical Session 2. General Methodology: Dribbling, Control, Passing. Practical Session 3. Heading, Dribbling, Technical Marking. Practical Session 4. Shooting. Practical Session 5. Dribbling, feinting and tackling. Session 6. Control, passing and interception. Session 7. Identifying technical actions in a real match. Session 8. Shooting. Defensive and offensive blocking. Session 9. Comprehensive Methodology: Dribbling, ball control, passing, feinting and shooting. Session 10. Passing. Combined Moves and Play Patterns. Session 11. Defensive technical skills. Practical Session 12. The Goalkeeper: technique and tactics. 24/4/23, 13:53 Course programme for the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences https://campus.uax.es/central/ 3/8 Practical Session 13. Different teaching methodologies in football. Practical Session 14. Tactical systems. 7-a-side and 11-a-side. Practical Session 15. Practical Assessment I. HANDBALL – THEORETICAL BLOCK Topic 0: History and development of handball worldwide and in Spain. Topic 1: Technical elements and their classification. Topic 2: Individual attacking and defensive techniques. Topic 3: Individual Offensive Techniques. Topic 4: Individual Defensive Techniques. Topic 5: Team Tactics and Playing Systems. Topic 6: The Goalkeeper. Topic 7: Laws of the Game. Basic Knowledge. HANDBALL – PRACTICAL MODULE Practice Session 1. Initial assessment and fundamental positions. Practice Session 2. Individual Offensive Technique: basic positions and ways of catching the ball. Practice 3. Individual Offensive Technique: Passes and Receives. Practice 4. Individual Offensive Technique: Dribbling and Shooting. Practical Session 5. Individual Offensive Technique: feints, changes of direction whilst dribbling and running off the ball. Session 6. Individual Defensive Technique: marking, blocking and winning the ball back. Session 7. Team Tactics and Playing Systems. Session 8. The Goalkeeper. Session 9. Attacking and defensive systems. Session 10. Practical Assessment. RUGBY - Teaching methodology for tag rugby. - Theory and practice of the basic technical fundamentals of rugby. - Theory and practice of the basic rules of rugby. - Theory and practice of the basic tactical aspects of rugby. - History: the origins, development and current state of rugby. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sport, games, dance, physical expression, etc. (30 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (60 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (10 hours). 4) Oral, written and practical assessment tests (7 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Final knowledge assessments (50%). - Written examinations covering the full range of teaching activities. Practical activities (30%). - Practical assessments carried out within the specific context of each sport. Portfolio (20%). - Supplementary assignments involving the collection of information, such as a session log or similar. ONE-OFF ASSESSMENT (100%) - This will consist of two distinct parts: a theoretical component worth 60% and a practical component worth 40%. Students must achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical component to pass the module. This assessment model will only apply on official assessment dates, whether during the regular or supplementary examination periods. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Supplementary: 1. SANTIAGO VIEITEZ MENDEZ BASIC PRINCIPLES OF TECHNIQUE AND TACTICS FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF A FOOTBALL ANALYST MURILLO SAIF (MCSPORTS. 2018. ISBN: 9788494857867 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130513 | Individual sports | FB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Individual sportsCódigo: 0130513 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out all activities across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To communicate and interact appropriately and effectively in the fields of physical activity and sport across diverse contexts, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and consistent manner. • Design and implement a methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, execution, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport. • Adapt educational intervention to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly), people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • Be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different fields, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • To analyse, identify, diagnose, promote, guide and evaluate strategies, measures and activities that encourage adherence to an active lifestyle and the regular, healthy participation in and practice of physical activity, sport and exercise in an appropriate, efficient and safe manner by members of the public, with the aim of improving their overall health, well-being and quality of life, with a focus on specific population groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the needs, requirements and individual and group characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older people (the elderly), women and diversity, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). • Be able to fluently develop procedures and protocols to solve unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, coordinating and demonstrating a command of the elements, methods, procedures, activities, resources, techniques and processes relating to physical fitness and physical exercise in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, diverse and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and across any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport. • To identify, organise, direct, plan, coordinate, implement and carry out technical and scientific evaluation of the various types of physical and sporting activities adapted to the development, characteristics and needs of individuals and the nature of the activity, venue and organisation, across all types of physical activity and sport services, including sporting events, and within any type of organisation, population, context, setting and group, with an emphasis on specific populations such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor) and in any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical education and sport; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport), ensuring safety, efficiency and professionalism in the work carried out in compliance with current regulations. • To articulate and present, with rigour and a scientific approach, the rationale upon which to consistently and professionally develop, support, substantiate and justify all actions, decisions, processes, procedures, interventions, activities, tasks, conclusions, reports and professional performance. • Understand and be able to apply ethical and deontological principles and those of social justice in professional practice and engagement, whilst maintaining a commitment to scientific and professional rigour and a consistent attitude of service to the public in the exercise of their professional practice, with a view to achieving improvement, excellence, quality and efficiency. • Understand, develop and be able to apply the ethical and professional standards, structural and organisational frameworks, professional performance requirements and regulations governing the professional practice of graduates in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, within any professional sector of physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sports education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport); as well as being able to carry out multidisciplinary work. • To understand, explain and communicate the roles, responsibilities and importance of a competent graduate in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, as well as to analyse, understand, identify and reflect critically and independently on their professional identity, training and performance in order to achieve the aims and benefits inherent in physical activity and sport in an appropriate, safe, healthy and efficient manner across all physical and sporting services offered and provided, and within any professional sector of physical activity and sport. Training activities: The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sports, games, dance, physical expression, etc. 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making 3) Seminars, workshops, etc. 4) Individual and group tutorials 5) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. 6) Oral, written and practical assessments. Course content - ATHLETICS U.D.1. The sport of athletics. • Historical development. • Fundamental concepts and rules. Unit 2. Running events: sprinting, hurdles, middle-distance and long-distance running. • Description and technical analysis. • Rules. • Relays. • Teaching and methodology. Unit 3. Jumps. Long jump, triple jump, high jump and pole vault. • Description and technical analysis. • Rules. • Teaching and methodology. Unit 4. Throwing events. Shot put, discus throw, javelin throw and hammer throw. • Description and technical analysis. • Rules. • Teaching and methodology. Unit 5. Race walking and combined events. • Description and technical analysis. • Rules. • Teaching and methodology. GYMNASTICS – GYMNASTIC SKILLS. Topic 0: Conceptual and historical introduction to gymnastics. 0.1 Description and classification. 0.2 History of gymnastics. 0.3 General rules and regulations. Topic 1: Women’s Artistic Gymnastics (WAG). 1.1 Floor. Non-aerial acrobatic elements: Forward somersault, Backward somersault, Handstand, Five-count, Side roll. Technical analysis of the elements. Methodological progressions and corrections. 1.2 Vault. Technical analysis of the elements: Inward straddle, Outward straddle, Straight-arm vault. Methodological progressions and corrections. 1.3 Uneven Bars. Technical analysis of the elements: Twist, Take-off, Back flip, Forward swing, Swings, Sideways pass. Methodological progressions and corrections. 1.4 Balance beam. Technical analysis of the elements: Movements, Jumps, Non-flying acrobatics, Spins, Exits. Methodological progressions and corrections. Topic 2: Men’s Artistic Gymnastics (MAG) 2.1 Rings. Technical analysis of the elements. Methodological progressions and corrections. 2.2 Parallel bars. Technical analysis of the elements. Methodological progressions and corrections. Topic 3: Aids in gymnastics. 3.1 The assistant and the student gymnast. Topic 4: Physical preparation and conditioning in gymnastics. 4.1 Key principles. Basic physical training. Topic 5: Gymnastic skills applied to the educational setting. 5.1 Technical equipment and safety. Gyms, apparatus, and procedures for assistance and protection. 5.2 Characteristics and structure of training sessions. Topic 6: Other gymnastics disciplines. 6.1 Acrosport. Routines and choreography. SWIMMING. Block 1. Fundamentals of swimming Topic 1: History of swimming Topic 2: Biomechanical principles of swimming Block 2. Teaching swimming Topic 3: Stages of learning aquatic skills a. Familiarisation with the aquatic environment b. Breathing c. Floating d. Basic propulsion e. Basic skills and abilities for adapting to and mastering the aquatic environment Topic 4: Different approaches to aquatic activities Topic 5: Teaching styles in the aquatic environment Block 3. Technical fundamentals of swimming Topic 6: Starts and turns Topic 7: Technique for the front crawl and backstroke Topic 8: Technique for the breaststroke and butterfly strokes Topic 9: Technical assessment of swimming strokes Block 4: Other Olympic disciplines Topic 10: Other Olympic disciplines a. Water polo b. Synchronised swimming c. Diving d. Open-water swimming Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: - Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (14 hours). - Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (90 hours). - Oral, written and practical assessment tests (7 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The final mark will be calculated as the average of the marks for each sport. In order to calculate this average, students must have passed all sports with a minimum pass mark. For each sport, the general assessment criteria will be as follows: • CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: To be eligible for this type of assessment, attendance at practical classes must be at least 70 per cent, on the understanding that attendance is compulsory and essential for the best possible learning of the course content. o Final knowledge tests (50%) o Practical activities (30%) o Portfolio (20%) If a student fails any of the modules in the ordinary assessment period, they will sit the supplementary assessment for the failed modules • NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: All students who do not meet the attendance requirement or who opt for this type of assessment will sit a final examination in both the ordinary and supplementary examination periods, if necessary, with the following weightings: o Theoretical component: 60% o Practical component: 40% It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical component in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical component. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Cancela, J.M.; Pariente, S.; Camiña, F.; Lorenzo, R. A Treatise on Swimming: From Beginners to Advanced. Paidotribo. 2010. ISBN: 9788480199544 2. Elisa Estape GYMNASTIC AND ACROBATIC SKILLS IN THE EDUCATIONAL SETTING: THE JOY OF LEARNING INDE. 1999. ISBN: 9788487330841 3. Javier Brazo-Sayavera Teaching Manual for University Athletics Instruction University of the Republic. 2022. ISBN: 978-99-740-19 4. Maglischo, E. Swimming: Technique, Training and Competition Paidotribo. 2009. ISBN: 9788480190459 5. Navarro, F.; Díaz Ureña, G.; González Vegas, M.J. How to Swim Well editec@rec. 2012. ISBN: 9788493918064 6. Rius Sant, Joan Methodology and Techniques in Athletics Barcelona: Paidotribo, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788480198295 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0130515 | Professional communication and documentation | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Professional communication and documentationCódigo: 0130515 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Basic training. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. Accordingly, the following objectives are set out: • To communicate and interact appropriately and efficiently in the fields of physical activity and sport, across a range of intervention contexts, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and sustained manner. • To promote education, dissemination, information and ongoing guidance for individuals and leaders regarding the benefits, significance, characteristics and positive effects of regular participation in physical activity, sport and exercise; the risks and harms of inappropriate practice; and the elements and criteria that define its proper execution, as well as providing information, guidance and advice on suitable opportunities for physical activity and sport within their environment, across all sectors of professional practice. • To organise the promotion of policies, strategies and educational programmes on public health issues relating to physical activity and sport (for the prevention of risk factors and diseases); and to cooperate with other stakeholders involved in this field, across all professional sectors of physical activity and sport. • Understand the different forms of communication in professional and educational contexts and their application in the fields of health and sporting performance Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Competencies The main competences related to the subjects covered in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: - C.E.33. Develop communication and interpersonal skills. - C.E.34. Communicate (gathering, analysing and synthesising information, negotiating, managing conflicts, conveying information and instructions, etc.) with laypeople and with experts from other fields. - C.E.35. Understand the fundamentals of human communication. - C.E.36. Distinguish between the characteristics of spoken and written expression. - C.E.37. Define a topic and organise ideas appropriately. - C.E.38. Conduct effective research. - C.E.39. Use the main databases in the Health Sciences. - L.O.40. Write a text correctly and compose a speech following a logical order, providing accurate information and in accordance with established grammatical and lexical rules. - C.E.41. Structure a text into paragraphs. - C.E.42. Use precise, appropriate and varied vocabulary that is suited to the situation. - C.E.43. Understand, draft and complete administrative and professional documents. - C.E.44. Make correct use of the expressive possibilities of oral communication. Present a case or topic to a specific audience. Handle an interview, a meeting or a situation requiring a certain degree of improvisation. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical questions. Carry out assignments applying the concepts developed in class. - Applying what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations, using practical scenarios. - Independently explore any topic through research and personal study. - Making appropriate use of ICT. - Improve the student’s various communication skills: - Expressive skills: Being able to describe a situation or an object within the subject area. Being able to evaluate a situation or an object. Being able to argue a point. Being able to defend a viewpoint or a set of facts. Being able to convey an idea concisely. Be able to explain a point on a subject clearly to an audience. Be able to assess a situation in order to make a decision. Be able to be precise. - Textual skills: Being able to evaluate texts. Being able to use methods and processes for writing and improving quality (pre-composition, text production, revision and correction). - Contextual and pragmatic skills: Be able to produce short speeches tailored to the context in which they will be delivered. Deliver effective presentations and conduct productive meetings. Apply active listening techniques. Distinguish and filter information within a business context. Deliver brief speeches tailored to the context in which they will take place. Communicate professionally, conduct interviews efficiently and work effectively as part of a team. Manage time. - Document-based skills: Equipping students with the skills to resolve their information-related problems: Knowing how to locate and understand relevant information. Knowing how to summarise and synthesise spoken and written texts. Being familiar with the main sources of biomedical information. Assessing the validity and relevance of academic and scientific information. To make decisions based on this information and to manage personal records and health files. To know how to use information ethically in a speech. To know how to cite and reference bibliographies. To know how to complete specialised records and documents. - Lexical and terminological resources: Expand general vocabulary. Understand word formation and neologisms in Spanish. Recognise and expand the use of terminology, sub-technical vocabulary and UFEs. Description of the content Module I. Fundamentals 1.1. Communication (textual linguistics, pragmatic forces, etc.). 1.2. Communication in professional settings. 1.3. Standard Spanish (variants, standard grammar and spelling, resources). Module II. Written Communication 2.1. Linguistic and grammatical accuracy. 2.2. Vocabulary. 2.3. General writing. 2.4. Textual models. 2.5. Professional Writing. Module III. Oral Communication 3.1. Fundamentals. 3.2. Paraverbal Communication. 3.3. Preparing oral presentations. 3.4. Discourse analysis 3.5. Presentation techniques 3.6. Group communication techniques. Module IV. Professional communication. 4.1. Specific techniques. 4.2. Interview techniques. 4.3. Negotiation techniques. Training activities The training activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: • Lectures on concepts relating to behavioural, social and scientific principles (30 hours). • Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). • Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). • Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (78 hours). • Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will consist of verifying and evaluating the student’s acquisition of the learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed learning outcomes has been mastered: Final knowledge assessments (60%) 1) Written examination (30%). Minimum mark: 5. Date: 26 January 2026. Time: 11.00 am. Classroom: to be confirmed. 2) Oral exam (30%). Minimum mark: 5. Date: the final class sessions. It is compulsory to sit both assessments to pass in the ordinary examination session. Practical activities (15%) 1) Coursera (5%). From 13 October to 14 November 2025. 2) Knowledge test (10%). Test covering the content covered in the module and on Coursera. 20 questions (multiple-choice and short-answer) Portfolio (25%) 1) Discourse analysis (25%). A minimum attendance rate of 70% is required by the end of the term. Non-continuous assessment (supplementary sitting) (100%). Students who need to sit the resit examination must sit both parts of the exam. Oral examination (40%). Minimum mark: 5. Date: 23 June 2026. Classroom: to be confirmed. Written exam (60%). Minimum mark: 5. Date: 23 January 2026. 1.30 pm. Classroom: to be confirmed The number of official exam sittings a student may take per module is limited to 4. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Blanco Pastor, A. Effective Communication and Smart Presentations Pirámide. 2019. ISBN: 978-84-368-40 2. Davis, Flora Non-verbal Communication : Alianza. 2004. ISBN: 8420639540 3. Felipe Portocarrero Profitable Writing SM. 2001. ISBN: 9788434876026 4. Florentino Paredes García, Salvador Álvaro, Zaida Núñez Bayo, Luna Paredes Zurdo The Book of Correct Spanish: Keys to Speaking and Writing Spanish Well Instituto Cervantes. 2012. ISBN: 978-84-670-09 5. Fundéu BBVA; Javier Bezos López (ed.) Urgent Spanish Handbook Debate. 2015. ISBN: 978-84-9992-5 6. Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez, Josefa Oral Communication in Business Madrid: Arco Libros, [2008]. 2008. ISBN: 9788476357095 7. Jesús Sánchez Lobato How to Write Madrid: Aguilar, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 8403097239 8. Lucas Marín, Antonio Communication in Business and Organisations : Bosch. 1997. ISBN: 8476763824 9. María Luisa Regueiro Rodríguez, Daniel Moisés Sáez Rivera Academic Spanish: A practical guide to writing academic texts Arco Libros. 2015. ISBN: 978-84-7635-8 10. Portocarrero, Felipe; Gironella, Natalia Professional Writing: Writing Techniques for 21st-Century Businesses netbilo. 2009. ISBN: 9788497452472 11. Various authors The Art of Speaking Aguilar. 2008. ISBN: 9788403098060 Supplementary: 12.- Carlos Cachán Alcolea, Marián García; Mar Ramos Rodríguez (eds.), Antonio Calvo Roy (int.) Anticipatory communication in healthcare Thomson Reuters Aranzadi : Bristol-Myers Squibb : Antonio de Nebrija University. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-1308-8 13.- Cassany, D. The Art of Writing Anagrama. 1995. ISBN: 8433913921 14. Fernando Martínez Vallvey, Víctor Núñez Fernández (eds.) Communication and its Structure in the Digital Age Centre for Financial Studies – CEF. 2016. ISBN: 978-84-454-32 15. Gómez de Enterría y Sánchez, Josefa Written Communication in Business Madrid: Arco/Libros, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8476355009 16. José María López Rodríguez Analysis of Communication and Movement in Physical Education: Application to Body Expression Murcia. 2002. ISBN: 84-699-7635-4 17. José Ramón Belda Medina, Ricardo Casañ Pitarch (eds.) Discourse Analysis in the Digital Age: A Compilation of Case Studies Comares. 2020. ISBN: 9788490459997 18. María del Mar Ortiz Camacho Description and analysis of certain non-verbal communication skills: a case study in the initial training of physical education teachers University of Granada. 2000. ISBN: 84-338-2701-4 19. Rafael López Pérez, Fernando Gordillo León, Marta Grau Olivares (eds.) Non-verbal behaviour beyond communication and language Pirámide. 2016. ISBN: 978-84-368-35 Others: 20. Manuel Campo Vidal Why don’t professionals communicate better? RBA Books. 2011. ISBN: 9788490061244 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130517 | Applied Computer Science | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applied Computer ScienceCódigo: 0130517 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To build a foundation of knowledge and skills based on the optimal use of resources and IT tools designed for academic, educational and professional purposes. • To foster information and knowledge management skills. • To provide a useful foundation for management and learning based on independent research using IT tools. • Ability to apply general knowledge of office automation and new information technologies in current practice and in future professional contexts. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established. Competencies The main competences related to the subjects in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: C.E.29. To understand and apply techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a range of professional settings. C.E.30. Be able to work within a professional digital information processing environment that covers the most commonly required processing tasks in day-to-day use. C.E.31. Create presentations that enable the defence of ideas and projects. C.E.32. Create digital content that integrates various types of media. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical questions. Carry out practical assignments applying the concepts developed in class. - Apply what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations through practical scenarios. - Independently explore any topic through research and personal study. - Making appropriate use of ICT. - Produce reports with a professional layout that integrate content from different media. - Reports analysing information and data that enable the defence of an idea or project. Course content Information systems, data analysis and retrieval, etc. Document management. Document layout using software and the creation of templates and styles. Introduction to, handling, organisation and filtering of data. Types of charts, options and features of data charts. Creation and configuration of a complete presentation. Integration and manipulation of digital images. Training activities The training activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: • Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). • Seminars, workshops, etc. (60 hours). • Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (78 hours). • Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Continuous assessment The following actions or activities will be carried out to assess students on a continuous basis: • Final knowledge assessments (60%) • Practical activities (20%) • Portfolio (20%) Bearing in mind that attendance of over 70% is required and that the course syllabus is divided into 4–5 blocks or modules with the following percentage breakdown: Artificial Intelligence (10%), Spreadsheets with Excel (45%), Word Processing with Word (40%) and Presentations (5%). Regular examination The final exam in the ordinary examination period will consist of a theoretical and practical test with the following breakdown: theoretical section: 60 per cent and practical section: 40 per cent; it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical section. Supplementary Examination In the supplementary examination session, students must be examined on the entire syllabus of the module. The final exam for the supplementary sitting will consist of a theoretical and practical test with the following weighting: theoretical part: 60 per cent and practical part: 40 per cent; it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130521 | Human Anatomy | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human AnatomyCódigo: 0130521 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the Anatomy module are as follows: To understand the general elements that make up the macroscopic and microscopic anatomy of the human body. To understand the factors that influence human growth and development throughout the lifespan. To understand the general principles and theories of biology, physics and chemistry as they apply to human biology. To establish the general theoretical foundations of human morphology and its implications for other subjects within the degree programme. (These objectives are fundamental for future learning in subjects such as exercise physiology, sports training, sports nutrition and the assessment of physical and sporting performance.) Description of the course content The module will be delivered through the following learning activities, designed to enable students to acquire the required competences and achieve the intended learning outcomes: - Lectures: These will be delivered in person or online, covering concepts related to the fundamentals of human motor function, including biological, mechanical and scientific aspects. -Practical laboratory sessions: Conducted in small groups, with the aim of enabling students to develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making. -Seminars: Face-to-face sessions. -Tutorials: Individual and group tutorials will be offered. -Independent study: This includes self-study, e-learning (interactive on the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and the completion of individual and group practical work, amongst other activities. -Assessment tests: Oral, written and practical tests will be held. Learning activities The teaching activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected learning outcomes will be: - Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific. (45 hours) - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours) - Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making. (15 hours) - Seminars, workshops, etc. (7 hours) - Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (70 hours) - Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Assessment system and criteria General attendance rule: Attendance at classes is compulsory. Unexcused absences exceeding 30 per cent per term will result in exclusion from continuous assessment. In this case, the examination held during the officially designated period will be the sole criterion for assessment. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: To be eligible for continuous assessment, students must meet the attendance requirement. It will be assessed as follows: Final assessments (60% of the final mark): Tests will be held throughout the course (multiple-choice, short-answer questions, essay questions and/or oral examinations) to assess theoretical concepts. The type of examination will be specified prior to the examination session. Incorrect answers in multiple-choice tests will be marked down by a factor of 1/3. To pass these assessments, students must answer 50 per cent of the exam questions correctly, achieving a mark of 5.0. During the term, there will be a compulsory assessment to pass the module. To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of 6 or above. Practical activities (30% of the final mark). Portfolio: (10%) of the final mark. Attendance at practical classes is compulsory. More than 30 per cent of absences per term without valid reason will result in a fail for this part of the module. The lecturer will assess the practical component on a continuous basis, taking into account attendance, student participation, assessments and the submission of assigned work. This will account for 50 per cent of the final practical mark. At the end of each term, there will be an assessment of the practical content (multiple-choice, short-answer questions, essay questions and/or oral examinations), which will account for the remaining 50 per cent of the overall practical mark. Students must achieve a pass mark of 50% to be considered to have passed the practical component (grade of 5). If, at the end of the term, the practical course mark is below 5, the student must sit an examination covering the entire practical course content for that term during the February examination period. If the practical component is not passed, regardless of whether the theory has been passed or not, the published mark will be ‘NP’. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: The final mark will consist of 60 per cent of the theory mark and 40 per cent of the practicals mark. Students must meet all assessment criteria and achieve an overall mark of over 5 in each part of the module to be considered to have passed. If any part of the module is not passed, these percentages will not apply, and the mark recorded will be the lowest mark obtained. Continuous assessment may contribute a maximum of 1 additional mark. Addendum Upon completing the Anatomy module, students will have acquired the following competences, which are essential to their degree programme: General Competencies of the Degree Programme (Related to the module): C.G.3. To know and understand the physiological and biomechanical factors that influence the practice of physical activity and sport. C.G.5. To know and understand the effects of physical exercise on the structure and function of the human body. G.C.2. Acquire basic scientific knowledge applied to physical activity and sport in their various forms. Module-Specific Competencies: S.C.15. To know and understand the different anatomical parts and the physiological responses and adaptations that the body undergoes when subjected to sessions of acute physical exercise and periods of chronic training. C.E.16. To study cardiovascular, respiratory, haematological, endocrine and neuromuscular responses and adaptations. SC.17. To study the body’s specific responses and adaptations to exercise in relation to gender, degree of biological maturity, environmental conditions and the presence or absence of medical conditions. C.E.18. To be familiar with and understand the various parameters related to physical performance and the quantification of physical abilities. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130523 | Systematics and Exercise Kinesiology | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Systematics and Exercise KinesiologyCódigo: 0130523 Imprimir Course 1: First-semester module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Aims The aim of this module is to study the fundamentals, characteristics and potential of human movement, to develop an awareness of one’s own abilities, and to learn the ways to improve and refine them through systematic physical exercise or gymnastic exercise. The general objectives of the module are set out below. - To understand the characteristics of structured physical exercise, the criteria for its classification, specific terminology and graphical representation. - To analyse, understand and compare the various historical milestones that have driven the need for the systematisation of physical exercise. - To study the mechanical aspects of body movement, analysing it from the perspectives of the joints and muscles. - To understand the application of exercise with the aim of developing psychophysical qualities. - To develop ingenuity and imagination so that students, using any type of equipment, are able to devise exercises, whilst also understanding the effects they produce. Description of the course content The module consists of two distinct yet complementary parts: The first section covers the study of physical exercise and its characteristics, criteria for its classification, specific terminology and graphical representation. The second section focuses on understanding the mechanical aspects of movement, analysing it from the perspectives of the joints and muscles. The third section explains the fundamentals of physical exercise in relation to physical fitness, so that the student can identify exercises to develop the four basic physical abilities, recognising the effects of proper training during a session, including carrying out the correct warm-up and cool-down. To summarise, we will outline the content covered throughout the course: BLOCK I: SYSTEMATICS OF PHYSICAL EXERCISE - - - - TOPIC 1: DRAWING EXERCISES. Definitions and approaches to drawing. Starting . Planes and axes. Terms of orientation. Joint movements. Drawing the human figure. TOPIC 2: DESCRIPTION AND REPRESENTATION OF MOVEMENT IN CONTENT BLOCKS. Structure of the warm-up in the session. Analysis of the content. Exercise terminology. Concise notes by objective. Practical workshop on stretching exercises focused on the transcription of the exercise. TOPIC 3: INTRODUCTION TO THE SYSTEMATICS OF EXERCISE. Clarification of concepts. . Gymnastic exercise. Concept and characteristics. Structural aspects of physical exercise. Intent, location and intensity. Classification of gymnastic exercise. TOPIC 4: HISTORICAL EVOLUTION OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, PHYSICAL EXERCISE AND GYMNASTICS. Physical exercise in Prehistory, pre-Hellenic civilisations, the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. The era . BLOCK 2: MECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF EXERCISE - - TOPIC 5: MECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF EXERCISE. Joint complexes of the shoulder, elbow, spine, hip, knee and ankle. TOPIC 6: ANALYSIS OF POSITIONS AND MOVEMENTS. Joint and muscular perspectives. Types of contraction, phases of movement, motor muscles. Analysis of basic exercises for muscle toning. BLOCK 3: FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS OF EXERCISE. - - Topic 7: Functional and Structural Analysis of the Warm-up and Cool-down. Topic 8: Physical Qualities. Effects on the body. Strength, Endurance, Speed, Flexibility. Coordination, balance and agility. Training Activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: - Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific (15 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Practical classes in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). - Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (53 hours). - Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the various learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities, which will enable us to determine the extent to which each of the competencies listed. Given the nature of the subject, which is eminently practical, and the way it is taught , continuous assessment is the most appropriate method for evaluating the learning process experienced by each student. Physical activities will be set on a daily basis, designed educational in nature and requiring the student’s active participation. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR STUDENTS UNDER CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: ▪ Assessments that follow the learning process and capture the skills the student acquires. ▪ Assessment of reports on various practical case studies set for resolution by applying the knowledge acquired in the various subjects. ▪ Submission of practical assignments and reports on their progress, as well as the student’s performance in the laboratory whilst carrying out the practicals. ▪ Practical examinations covering the full range of practical training activities carried out. ▪ Written examinations covering the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. For students on the Continuous Assessment scheme, the weighting of tasks according to the above percentages is as follows: ▪ 50% FINAL KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENTS: theoretical knowledge tests (C.O). Multiple-choice exam (30–40 questions) covering theoretical and practical content. There is no cut-off exam; it is held on the official ordinary examination session. Pass mark: 4 marks or above. ▪ 30% PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES: or 20% of the mark: practical test and assessment sheet. Exam taken prior to the ordinary examination period. If a fail, that part can be resat in the ordinary or extraordinary examination session. It is even possible to sit to improve your mark. (5% is for the worksheet (SEQUENCE OF 5 ‘EIGHTS’). It must be handed in before the exam; failure to do so means the practical must be completed on the day of the ordinary examination session). o 10% group stretching routine (5% for the group stretching routine and 5% for the individual stretching worksheet ) ▪ 20% PORTFOLIO: Live performance marks. Submission of exercises set during practical sessions, group presentations , transcription exercises, analyses, Kahoot quizzes completed in theory classes… ▪ Attendance at 70% of theoretical and practical classes. Students who have achieved a pass in continuous assessment but have not passed the theory exam may sit only that exam in the supplementary sitting; the marks relating to the practical component will continue to be recorded as part of their continuous assessment until the supplementary examination of the same academic year. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA FOR STUDENTS WHO DO NOT OPT FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Students who choose to opt out of continuous assessment (those who do not attend classes , have more than 3 absences and forfeit their daily marks), in the ordinary January sitting and/or the extraordinary examination session in July, their mark will be determined by the final theoretical and practical examination for that examination period. 100 per cent of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical examination, with the following breakdown: It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order to average this with the theoretical part. • Theoretical part: 60% theoretical test • Practical part: 40%, comprising: - - 30% mark: Figure-of-eight sequence (4 figure-of-eights recorded on video, identical to the continuous assessment sequence + 1 individual figure-eight that does not repeat movements from the previous ones and that contains different arm and leg patterns throughout the exercise). The student must take the exam in appropriate attire: comfortable sportswear that allows the movements to be clearly seen, not . 10% of the mark: Transcription of the five ‘oches’ onto a worksheet. The publication and review of marks will be announced on the day of the exam and published under ‘notices’ on the course portal. To avoid any issues regarding potential appeals against practical marks, the exams will be video-recorded; if any student does not wish to be recorded, they must indicate this before the exam and, in the event of a marks appeal, they will have to accept the lecturer’s subjective assessment. In the event of injury, a medical certificate must be submitted to justify non-participation in the practical part of the session. A student who is injured is not exempt from attending classes, except in exceptional cases where express medical advice |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0130518 | Combat sports | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Combat sportsCódigo: 0130518 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To adapt educational provision to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly), people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity. • To design and implement, with fluency, ease, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical fitness programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • To analyse, identify, diagnose, promote, guide and evaluate strategies, measures and activities that encourage adherence to an active lifestyle and the regular, healthy participation in and practice of physical activity, sport and exercise in an appropriate, efficient and safe manner by members of the public, with the aim of improving their overall health, well-being and quality of life, with a focus on specific population groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, exercise and sport, adapted to the individual and group needs, requirements and characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older people (senior citizens), women and diversity, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). Description of the course content The content to be covered focuses on understanding and learning the basic aspects of this sport and aims to address the various facets of judo. The topics to be covered are: Topic 1: History of judo 1.1 Origins 1.2 Development 1.3 Evolution 1.4 The present day Topic 2: Fundamentals and skills of judo. 2.1 Fundamentals of standing judo 2.2 Fundamentals of ground judo Topic 3: Judo techniques 3.1 Standing judo techniques 3.2 Ground judo techniques Topic 4: Rules and refereeing. 4.1 Scoring 4.2 Shidos and penalties 4.3 Scoreboard Topic 5: Katas 5.1 History of Katas 5.2 Kodokan Katas 5.3 Nage no kata Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the course will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment This assessment will be divided into three sections. • Final knowledge assessments (50 per cent): - Theoretical examination • Practical activities (30 per cent): -Practical assessment • Portfolio (20%): -Practical placement diary In order to calculate the average mark and obtain a final grade, it is essential to achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 in the final assessments. The module will be deemed passed when the total of all marks, taking into account the above criteria, is 5 or higher. To be eligible for this assessment, students must have attended 70 per cent of all classes. Non-continuous (final) assessment This assessment will be marked on the basis of a theoretical and practical examination, with the following percentage breakdown by section. • Theoretical section (60%) • Practical section (40%) It is essential to achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical section. The module will be considered passed when the sum of all marks, taking into account the above criteria, is 5 or higher. Addendum The public health crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has led to the adoption of exceptional safety measures which, whilst aimed at preventing the spread of the virus, have inevitably affected the way in which teachers and students interact in the context of face-to-face teaching. This has had an impact on the standard teaching timetable, which, whilst these measures remain in force, may be subject to change, particularly affecting teaching and assessment methods. In accordance with the provisions approved by the competent authority and in line with the agreements adopted by the governing bodies of the University and its faculties, the following sets out the extent to which teaching activities and the assessment systems and criteria for the module may be affected whilst the exceptional safety measures referred to in the previous paragraph remain in force. Teaching activities All teaching hours for face-to-face teaching activities will be delivered in full; however, the number of hours delivered physically in the classroom will be reduced by 40 per cent. These hours will be delivered synchronously via the virtual classroom. Classes delivered virtually will be recorded. These recordings will remain available on the course’s virtual campus to enrolled students throughout the academic year, so that they can be viewed an unlimited number of times. Should the exceptional circumstances give rise to measures restricting individual movement, the proportion of teaching hours delivered virtually will be increased. If this becomes necessary, provision has been made for 100 per cent of the weekly teaching hours to be delivered virtually. Assessment systems and criteria With regard to individual or group assignments for which a public oral presentation has been planned, such presentations will take place via the University’s virtual learning platform. Exams will be held in person in the physical classrooms designated for this purpose during the period set out in the University’s academic calendar. Only in the event that the authorities adopt mandatory measures restricting individual movement will exams be held remotely. The amendments and provisions set out in this section are provisional and may be subject to change as determined by the academic authorities or where circumstances so require. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Essential: 1. Carratalá and Carratalá Physical Education and Extracurricular Sports in Schools: JUDO. Ministry of Education. 2001. ISBN: 2910008051875 2.- Casterlanas and Molina Judo in School Physical Education Editorial Hispano Europea. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-255-14 3. Taira The Essence of Judo Satori Publications. 2014. ISBN: 9788494239052 4. Villamón, M An Introduction to Judo Editorial Hispano Europea. 2013. ISBN: 9788425512964 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130519 | Body expression and dance | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Body expression and danceCódigo: 0130519 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To learn about the history of physical expression and dance • To master the key aspects of the various dimensions, and to learn the teaching methodology and styles specific to body expression and dance. • To be able to create a story, incorporating elements of dance. Course content • Unit 1. Body Expression as a subject within CAFYD. • Unit 2. Dance: history, concept, key figures and classification. • Unit 3. The expressive dimension. • Unit 4. The communicative dimension. • Unit 5. The creative dimension. • Unit 6. Methodology and teaching styles in Body Expression and dance. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: - Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific (15 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Practical classes in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). - Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (53 hours). - Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment The necessary requirements are set out below: • A minimum attendance rate of 70 per cent of all practical and theoretical sessions is compulsory. • An excused absence does not count as attendance. • Students must achieve a mark of at least 5 in each part of the module. • Students may not enter the classroom more than 15 minutes after the start of the session. Doing so will be treated as an absence. Below is a summary table showing the assessment activities corresponding to each specific learning outcome, the assessment methods to be used, and the percentage of the overall mark allocated to each activity: • Final knowledge assessments (50%). • Practical activities (30%). • Portfolio (20%). Non-continuous assessment The alternative to continuous assessment is the final assessment. Students must achieve a mark of at least 5 in each part of the module. The following table summarises the assessment components: • Final knowledge assessments (60%). • Practical activities (40%). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130520 | Outdoor physical activities | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outdoor physical activitiesCódigo: 0130520 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to equip students of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences with the knowledge and skills required to programme, analyse, design, plan, deliver and evaluate outdoor activities from a professional perspective. Graduates in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences must be able to tackle professional challenges in a comprehensive manner within the sporting and recreational sectors, contributing to their working environment the necessary tools, resources and knowledge required to develop physical education and sports programmes, as well as specific programmes for physical and technical training in various sporting disciplines; and, in the case of mountain and outdoor activities, to act as a guide for individuals and groups on mountain trails and in mountain environments. The general objectives set for this course are as follows: - To analyse the opportunities offered by the natural environment for physical and sporting activities and for professional development. - To foster cooperation amongst students and to assess the educational and social aspects involved in these activities. - To understand and design outdoor activities that have a low environmental impact, thereby contributing to the conservation and improvement of the environment. - To respect the environment and value it as a resource-rich setting for sporting and recreational activities. As for the specific objectives of the module, we highlight the following: 1. To plan and evaluate sports education activities in natural and mountain environments. 2. To coach and oversee the physical preparation of athletes at basic, intermediate and advanced levels in mountain sports disciplines in which the student has specific technical training and specialisation. 3. To manage and coordinate leisure and sports tourism programmes, provided they take place in contact with nature or in the natural environment. 4. To act as a guide for individuals and groups along trails and through natural areas, where the level of risk is low and controlled. Prerequisites We are all aware of the changes taking place in our society, with new fields of activity being explored. This is primarily due to our new outlook on life, one that continues to take root as time goes on. Alfonso X el Sabio University has successfully embraced this evolution and incorporated it into its Physical Activity and Sport Sciences curriculum. We are, of course, referring to the concepts of sport, recreation and health. Physical and Sporting Activity in the Natural Environment (AFDMN) provides the perfect framework for delivering a more comprehensive education to our students; it is a fundamental resource in teaching processes and, increasingly, a growing career option. The day-to-day running of this module is no different from the standard procedures for other modules within the curriculum of the Faculty of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, therefore the requirements for undertaking and completing the course content are the same as those required for the rest of the degree programme. Activities in the Natural Environment also require a degree of adaptability to changing circumstances (weather, transport, etc.) and situations that may be unfamiliar to some students, such as spending the night outdoors, travelling through woodland and scrubland, along footpaths and in mountainous areas; as well as the use of technical equipment that is often new to them and which will be essential for the smooth running of the course and for making the most of the teaching content. As with any physical activity, it is advisable to maintain a level of physical fitness appropriate to the characteristics described, enabling students to undertake the practical component carried out in the great outdoors without any difficulty. Given the specific nature of the basic technical equipment used in the Activities and Sports related to the Natural Environment and in this course, Alfonso X University provides much of the necessary shared equipment, as well as all the support staff required for these practical sessions. Similarly, each student will provide the individual technical and specific equipment necessary to ensure complete safety during their training (clothing, footwear, rucksack, torch, overnight kit, etc.). Competencies 1) C.E.48. To understand and analyse the different forms of motor activity, as well as their application to the physical and sporting context. 2) C.E.49. To gain as many motor experiences as possible, relating to motor skills and patterns. 3) C.E.50. Understand the fundamentals of physical fitness, physical abilities and their development, with a focus on both health and the school setting. 4) C.E.51. To understand and apply the theoretical and practical foundations of aerobics as a music-supported fitness discipline, with a view to its potential use as a tool and method of work in the fields of education or health. 5) C.E.52. To understand the theoretical foundations of play, its application in educational and recreational settings, as well as its potential use as a resource for the development of physical fitness in general. 6) C.E.53. To experience, understand and develop bodily expression, using the body as a means of expression and communication with others. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess competences in in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content areas content covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carrying out assignments that apply the concepts covered in class. Applying, through practical scenarios, what is is covered in class at a theoretical level. - Reproduce the technical models developed in class, with a execution. - Design learning situations based on the context and the characteristics of the target group. In this module, particular emphasis will be placed on the process of continuous assessment, in which we expect the student to take the lead, and for their work, attitude and participation to be the investment that yields the expected and satisfactory results. The extensive practical content and the high number of hours devoted to hands-on experience and the experiential development of the subject matter will require a commitment from both students and teaching staff, which must result in the achievement of the set objectives in an active and meaningful way, in a manner that is lasting and useful for the subsequent professional development of our students. The assessment of these processes is described in percentage and numerical terms in the previous sections, but the educational value of the teaching-learning process will be reflected in each of the steps or procedures we undertake within each content block or teaching unit. Description of the content The content is organised into nine topics, following a plan and a temporal and spatial sequence which we shall endeavour to adhere to at all times. It may be necessary to make some adjustments to accommodate the dates of practical placements scheduled outside the University. Such dates or changes will always be notified well in advance. Topic 1. – New spaces and sporting activities. Hiking Topic 2. – Mountain orienteering and the sport of orienteering Topic 3. – Risk management in mountain activities Topic 4. – Climbing and abseiling. Essential equipment Topic 5. – Designing Activities in the Natural Environment Topic 6. – Landscape interpretation Topic 7. – Games and Challenge and Adventure Activities Topic 8. – Clothing, footwear and equipment Topic 9. - First Aid in the Mountains The content will be adapted to suit the group’s needs and the progression of the teaching and learning process. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sports, games, dance, physical expression, etc. (15 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus, literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc.) (53 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Details of the training activities: The teaching activities and pedagogical methods will be varied, aiming to adapt as closely as possible to the characteristics of the students and the group; they will foster the ability to learn independently and to work in teams, whilst promoting creativity and dynamism. We will encourage an active methodology that involves all students, reinforcing meaningful learning. Working groups will be established to improve organisation and to differentiate the role of each student. Personalised attention and group cohesion should foster a positive atmosphere in the classroom and throughout the programme. To make it easier to follow the classroom presentations, where possible, the theoretical content will be covered using an outline from a bibliographic source accessible to all and provided in the supporting documentation; however, it is recommended that students compile and study their own notes. Should any student be unable to undertake a practical component of the module due to any issue, they are expected to contact the lecturer as soon as possible and provide a valid reason. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. Assessment is regarded as a tool for monitoring the educational process, affecting students, lecturers and the teaching-learning process alike. Students may opt for the Continuous Assessment system, which is structured in three blocks, in line with the general organisation of the degree programme, allowing the module to be studied progressively. This approach combines theoretical study with the monitoring of practical work and individual assignments. The final mark will be allocated according to the following percentages: 1. Final knowledge assessments (50%) A written examination will be held at the end of the teaching period to assess the theoretical foundations required for the analysis and development of physical activities in the natural environment. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 must be obtained in order for this to be included in the overall average with the other sections. • Final theory exam on the core content of the module. 2. Practical activities (30%) This section covers the practical evidence of students’ learning. Active participation in face-to-face practical sessions in a natural environment (Sierra de Guadarrama), with continuous assessment through individual and group practical exercises related to the content covered. On the final day of activities, a practical test will be held in which students must demonstrate mastery of techniques such as navigation (map, compass, GPS), climbing, rope progression, first aid, group guiding, knots, appropriate clothing, and first aid. Attendance at the face-to-face practical sessions is compulsory. Only absences justified on duly documented medical grounds will be accepted. In such cases, the lecturer may require students to complete a substitute assignment. 3. Portfolio (20%) The portfolio will showcase the student’s independent work and their use of ICT in relation to the course. Creativity, originality and the ability to apply the course content in a digital format will be assessed. • Group production of an audiovisual project (video or other digital format) related to physical activities in the natural environment. • The project must include a technical specification listing the authors, content, tools used, music, design and bibliography. • The deadline for submission is before the final exam. Attendance requirement: Failure to attend more than 30% of the teaching activities requiring physical presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment. In this case, the student must opt for non-continuous assessment. Non-continuous (final) assessment Students who do not undertake continuous assessment must sit a final theoretical and practical examination, which will account for 100 per cent of the mark. This examination will take place during the official examination period set by the University. • Theoretical section (60%): Written assessment of the course’s theoretical content. • Practical component (40%): Demonstration of the practical skills acquired. It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical component in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical component. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0130522 | Human Physiology | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human PhysiologyCódigo: 0130522 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the Physiology module are as follows: To understand the general elements that constitute human physiological functions, at both the cellular and systemic levels. To analyse the factors that influence human physiological responses and adaptations throughout the lifespan. To understand the general principles and theories of biology, physics and chemistry as they apply to the functioning of the human body. To establish the general theoretical foundations of physiological processes and their relevance to other subjects within the degree programme. These objectives are fundamental to laying the foundations for future learning in subjects related to exercise physiology, sports training, sports nutrition and the assessment of physical and sporting performance. Learning activities The module will be delivered through the following teaching activities, which are designed to enable students to acquire the required competences and achieve the expected learning outcomes: - Lectures (45 hours): Lectures (face-to-face or online) will be delivered to address concepts related to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical and scientific. These lectures will cover the physiological responses and adaptations the body undergoes in response to acute physical exercise and chronic training. Cardiovascular, respiratory, haematological, endocrine and neuromuscular responses and adaptations will be studied. The body’s specific responses and adaptations to exercise will also be analysed in relation to gender, level of biological maturity, environmental conditions and the presence or absence of medical conditions. The various parameters related to physical performance and the quantification of physical abilities will be addressed. -Seminars (7 hours): Face-to-face seminars will be held to explore the theoretical and practical content in greater depth. -Laboratory sessions (15 hours): Practical laboratory sessions will be held in small groups, enabling students to develop autonomy in problem-solving and decision-making. Students will undertake assignments applying the concepts covered in class and will apply theory to real-life situations through practical case studies. -Independent study (70 hours): This includes independent study, interactive e-learning on the virtual campus, literature reviews, report writing, and individual and group practical work. Students will be encouraged to explore any topic independently through research and personal work, as well as the appropriate use of ICT. - Various types of assessment (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria General attendance rule: Attendance at classes is compulsory. Unexcused absences exceeding 30 per cent per term will result in exclusion from continuous assessment. In this case, the examination held during the officially designated period will be the sole criterion for assessment. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: To be eligible for continuous assessment, students must meet the attendance requirement. It will be assessed as follows: Final assessments (60% of the final mark): Tests will be held throughout the course (multiple-choice, short-answer, essay questions and/or oral examinations) to assess theoretical concepts. The type of examination will be specified prior to the examination session. Incorrect answers in multiple-choice tests will be marked down by a factor of 1/3. To pass these assessments, students must answer 50 per cent of the exam questions correctly, achieving a mark of 5.0. Two eliminatory assessments will be held during the term. To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of 6 or above. Practical activities (30% of the final mark). Portfolio: (10%) of the final mark. Attendance at practical classes is compulsory. More than 30 per cent of unexcused absences per term will result in a fail for this part of the module. The lecturer will assess the practical component on a continuous basis, taking into account attendance, student participation, assessments and the submission of assigned work. This will account for 50 per cent of the final practical mark. At the end of each term, there will be an assessment of the practical content (multiple-choice, short-answer questions, essay questions and/or oral examinations), which will account for the remaining 50 per cent of the overall practical mark. Students must achieve a pass mark of 50% to be considered to have passed the practical component (grade of 5). If, at the end of the term, the practical course mark is below 5, the student must sit an examination covering the entire practical course content for that term during the February examination period. If the practicals are not passed, regardless of whether the theory has been passed or not, the published mark will be ‘NP’. FINAL GRADE (GENERAL CRITERIA): The final mark will consist of 60 per cent of the theory mark and 40 per cent of the practicals mark. Students must meet all assessment criteria and achieve an overall mark of more than 5 in each part of the module to be considered to have passed. If any part of the module is not passed, these percentages will not apply, and the mark recorded will be the lowest mark obtained. Continuous assessment may contribute a maximum of 1 additional mark. Addendum Upon completion of the Human Physiology module, students will have acquired the following competences: To know and understand the physiological responses and adaptations that the body undergoes when subjected to acute physical exercise sessions and periods of chronic training. To study the cardiovascular, respiratory, haematological, endocrine and neuromuscular responses and adaptations. To study the body’s specific responses and adaptations to exercise in relation to gender, degree of biological maturity, environmental conditions and the presence or absence of disease. To understand the various parameters related to physical performance and the quantification of physical abilities. To recognise and understand the physiological and biomechanical factors that influence the practice of physical activity and sport. To understand the effects of physical exercise on the structure and function of the human body. To acquire basic scientific knowledge applied to physical activity and sport in their various forms. Bibliography Core: 1. Guyton Compendium of Medical Physiology Elsevier. 2021. ISBN: 9788491139546 2. Patton Anatomy and Physiology 11th ed. Elsevier. 2023. ISBN: 9788413825427 3. Prometheus Anatomy Textbook and Atlas Panamericana. 2022. ISBN: 978-84-9835-2 4. Tortora Derrickson Principles of Anatomy and Physiology Panamericana. 2021. ISBN: 9788411060264 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0230513 | Biomechanics | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiomechanicsCódigo: 0230513 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out - To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness from a technical and scientific perspective at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific population groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. - To identify, communicate and apply scientific anatomical, physiological and biomechanical criteria at an advanced level of proficiency in the design, development and technical-scientific evaluation of appropriate procedures, strategies, actions, activities and guidelines; to prevent, minimise and/or avoid health risks associated with the practice of physical activity and sport across all population groups. - To design and implement, with fluency, ease, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of adaptation processes and the improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. - Demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the analysis, design and evaluation of tests for assessing and monitoring physical fitness and physical and sporting performance. - Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the needs, requirements and individual and group characteristics of the entire population, with a focus on older people (the elderly), women and people from diverse backgrounds, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). Course content description - Topic 1: Concept, historical background, objectives and fields of application of biomechanics - Topic 2: Physical quantities - Topic 3: Measurement in biomechanics - Topic 4: Types of movement - Topic 5: Linear dynamics - Topic 6: Angular dynamics - Topic 7: Skeletal muscle mechanics - Topic 8: Mechanics of Muscle Contraction - Topic 9. General Mechanics of Force - Topic 10. Moment of force and levers - Topic 11. Biomechanics of strength training exercises - Topic 12: Forces and resistances exerted by fluids - Topic 13. Biomechanics of Jumping - Topic 14. Biomechanics of walking - Topic 15. Stability and balance Learning activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: • Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). • Practical classes in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). • Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). • Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (70 hours). • Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria There are two forms of assessment: continuous and final. The assessment criteria for continuous assessment are explained below. Continuous assessment Final knowledge assessments (60%) • January theoretical and practical examination (30%) A theoretical and practical examination will be held covering the content taught during the first term. The exam will consist of two parts: a theoretical part (60% of the exam mark) and a practical part (40%). To pass this exam (‘clear the module’), students must achieve an average mark of 5 or above across both parts. • May theoretical-practical exam (30%) This exam will focus on the content covered in the second term for those students who have passed the January exam. If a student has not passed the module in the first exam, the May exam will include questions from both terms and will account for 60% of the final mark for the module. In both cases, the exam structure will be the same: a theoretical section (60%) and a practical section (40%). Both exams will take place on the scheduled dates for the ordinary assessment period (January and May) as per the official timetable. They will be multiple-choice, with a penalty of 0.33 marks for each incorrect answer. In addition, a practical case study will be included, involving several problems related to the topics covered in the course. Practical activities (30%) • Practical workbook Students must complete a workbook containing the practical activities carried out in class, which must be handed in at the end of the course. o Only those who have attended at least 70 per cent of the theory and practical sessions and are following the continuous assessment scheme may submit it. o Practical work relating to sessions which the student has not attended will not be accepted. o Spelling mistakes will be penalised, with 0.1 marks deducted from the workbook’s final mark for each error. o All workbooks submitted will be checked using the Turnitin plagiarism detection tool. If the report shows a similarity percentage of over 30 per cent, whether due to plagiarism or the use of artificial intelligence tools, the work will automatically be marked as 0. Portfolio (10%) • The portfolio will consist of an individual biomechanical mini-case study. Students must select a motor action or physical exercise (for example, vertical jump, squat, throw, sprint, amongst others) and carry out a basic biomechanical analysis, applying the theoretical content of the module to a real-life practical situation. The module will be deemed to have been passed if the average mark across all assessable components of the module is 5 or above. In order for the marks from the different components to be averaged, the exam must have a mark of 5 or above. Non-continuous assessment Theoretical-practical component (100%) The final exam consists of two parts: a theoretical part and a practical part. • Theoretical part: this consists of a multiple-choice exam. Incorrect answers are penalised, with 33.3% deducted from the value of a correct answer. • Practical part: this involves solving two practical problems. The final exam mark will be calculated by weighting both parts: • Theoretical section: 60% • Practical part: 40% To pass the exam, it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical section. Furthermore, the weighted total of both sections must result in a final mark of 5 or above. The date will be determined in accordance with the examination timetable for the ordinary and supplementary assessments of the second term. Students who do not meet the minimum 70 per cent attendance requirement for the theory and practical classes will be assessed under this arrangement. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Biomechanics of Muscle Strength and its Assessment: Analysis Madrid: Higher Sports Council, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8479490950 2.- Aguado Jódar, Xavier Biomechanics inside and outside the laboratory León: University of León, Publications Service. 1997. ISBN: 8477196265 3. Aguado Jósar, Xavier Efficiency and Sports Technique Self-published. 1993. ISBN: 8487330207 4. Gutiérrez Dávila, Marcos Sports Biomechanics Madrid: Síntesis. 1998. ISBN: 8477386102 5. Izquierdo, Mikel Biomechanics and Neuromuscular Foundations of Physical Activity and Sport Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2008. ISBN: 9788498350234 6. Leal, L., Martínez, D., Sieso, E. Fundamentals of Exercise Mechanics Resistance Institute. 2012. ISBN: 97884615 8003 7. Viel, Eric Human Walking, Running and Jumping: Biomechanics, Research Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8445811096 8. Wirhed, Rolf Athletic Ability and the Anatomy of Movement, 2nd edition Edika Med. 1998. ISBN: 8478772065 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230514 | Team Sports II | OB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Team Sports IICódigo: 0230514 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Compulsory. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out all activities across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To communicate and interact appropriately and effectively in the fields of physical activity and sport, across diverse contexts of practice, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and consistent manner. • Design and implement a methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, execution, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport. • Adapt educational intervention to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly), people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • Be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different fields, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on special populations such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • To analyse, identify, diagnose, promote, guide and evaluate strategies, measures and activities that encourage adherence to an active lifestyle and the regular, healthy participation in and practice of physical activity, sport and exercise in an appropriate, efficient and safe manner by members of the public, with the aim of improving their overall health, well-being and quality of life, with a focus on specific population groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, exercise and sport, adapted to the needs, requirements and individual and group characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older people (senior citizens), women and diversity, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). • Be able to fluently develop procedures and protocols to solve unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, coordinating and demonstrating mastery of the elements, methods, processes, activities, resources and techniques that make up basic motor skills, physical activities, sporting skills, play, expressive movement and dance activities, and outdoor activities in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and in any sector of of physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sports education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To fluently develop procedures and protocols to solve unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, by articulating and applying a command of the elements, methods, procedures, activities, resources, techniques and processes relating to physical fitness and physical exercise in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, diverse and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on special populations such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and across any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport. • To identify, organise, direct, plan, coordinate, implement and carry out technical and scientific evaluation of the various types of physical and sporting activities adapted to the development, characteristics and needs of individuals and the nature of the activity, venue and organisation, across all types of physical activity and sport services, including sporting events, and within any type of organisation, population, context, setting and group, with an emphasis on specific populations such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor) and in any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical education and sport; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport), ensuring safety, efficiency and professionalism in the work carried out in compliance with current regulations. • To articulate and present, with rigour and a scientific approach, the rationale upon which to consistently and professionally develop, support, substantiate and justify all actions, decisions, processes, procedures, interventions, activities, tasks, conclusions, reports and professional performance. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Competencies - C.E.54. To understand and master the technical and tactical fundamentals, both individual and collective, in the various sports disciplines. - C.E.55. To understand and apply the rules and regulations governing the various sports disciplines. - C.E.56. To understand and master, with a reasonable degree of autonomy, specific technical elements and their application to the game and competition. Learning outcomes The criteria that may be used to assess the competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carry out practical work applying the concepts covered in class. - Applying what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations through practical scenarios. - Reproducing the technical models developed in class to an appropriate standard. - Compile a repertoire of exercises and games, knowing how to adapt them to various physical and sporting contexts. - Design learning situations based on the context and the characteristics of the target group. Description of the content VOLLEYBALL 1. History: the origins, development and current state of volleyball. 2. Organisation of volleyball resources (equipment, sports facilities, spaces, maintenance of facilities). 3. Teaching methodology for volleyball. 4. Theory and practice of the basic technical skills in volleyball. 5. Theory and practice of the basic rules of volleyball. 6. Theory and practice of the basic tactical aspects of volleyball. BASKETBALL 1. History: the origins, development and current state of basketball. 2. Organisation of basketball resources (equipment, sports facilities, spaces, maintenance of facilities). 3. Teaching methodology for basketball. 4. Theory and practice of the basic technical fundamentals of basketball. 5. Theory and practice of the basic rules of basketball. 6. Theory and practice of the basic tactical aspects of basketball. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sport, games, dance, physical expression, etc. (20 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (60 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (10 hours). 4) Oral, written and practical assessment tests (7 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the regular examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The module comprises two different sports, volleyball and basketball; it is COMPULSORY to pass both sports in order to pass the module. Once both have been passed, the average of the two marks will be calculated to determine the final mark for the module. VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL Continuous Assessment Students who meet the 70 per cent compulsory attendance requirement will be eligible for continuous assessment, which is detailed below: Final knowledge assessments (50%) These will consist of a theory exam covering the course content, accounting for 50 per cent of the final mark. Practical activities (30%) This section will be divided into two parts: 1) A practical examination on the course content (20%). 2) Participation and attendance at the scheduled masterclasses (10%). Portfolio (20%) This will consist of completing an assignment related to the course content, accounting for 20% of the final mark. Non-continuous (final) assessment Students who do not meet the 70% compulsory attendance requirement will not be eligible for the continuous assessment system. Instead, they must sit a final assessment consisting of a theoretical and practical examination, which will account for 100 per cent of the final mark. This examination will comprise two parts: Theoretical part (60%) Practical part (40%) It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230515 | Equipment-based sports | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equipment-based sportsCódigo: 0230515 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand the basic motor skills and their application in sports involving equipment. 2. To understand the basic technical principles of tennis and padel. 3. To apply basic methodological principles to the teaching of tennis and padel. 4. To design motor activities and games related to tennis and padel. 5. To understand the basic historical aspects of tennis and padel. 6. Understand the basic rules of tennis and padel. 7. Acquire a basic command of the skills specific to tennis and padel. Description of the content • To gain as many motor experiences as possible, relating to motor skills and patterns. • To understand the theoretical foundations of the game, its application in educational and recreational contexts, and its potential use as a resource for developing general physical fitness. • To understand and master the technical and tactical fundamentals, both individual and team-based, in the various sports disciplines. • To understand and apply the rules governing the various sports. • To understand and master, with a reasonable degree of independence, specific technical elements and their application to the game and competition. Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (20 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (40 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). - Assessment (7 hours). Assessment system and criteria STUDENTS MAY CHOOSE BETWEEN CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT OR NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. EACH OF THE TWO SPORTS COVERED IN THE COURSE (TENNIS AND PÁDEL) WILL ACCOUNT FOR 50% OF THE GRADE AND WILL BE ASSESSED AS FOLLOWS: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Attendance at 50% of the theory classes is compulsory. Attendance and participation in practical sessions are compulsory for 80 per cent of them. The mark percentages are allocated as follows: • FINAL KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENTS (50%): Written examinations based on the content covered in the syllabus. • PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES (30%): 15% of the mark will be assessed through the development and/or presentation of a practical session in groups. The remaining 15 per cent will be assessed through the Performance Exam. • PORTFOLIO (20%) -PRACTICAL WORKBOOK The final mark will be the average of the marks obtained in both sports (tennis and padel). The assessment is entirely summative, meaning that all marks count towards the final mark. The mark for the Final Knowledge Tests MUST BE ABOVE 5 IN ORDER TO BE INCLUDED IN THE OVERALL TOTAL. OTHERWISE, THE STUDENT WILL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE FAILED. A mark of 5 or above in the final assessment for each sport is required to pass. Teachers may award a pass if a pupil scores above 4 in one sport and the combined total with the other sport gives a mark of 5 or above (EXAMPLE – 4 IN TENNIS AND 6 IN PÁDEL WOULD GIVE A FINAL MARK OF 5) NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: -All students who do not meet the attendance requirement will sit a NON-CONTINUOUS assessment (June) THEORETICAL SECTION: 60% Multiple-choice theory exam (FULL YEAR) PRACTICAL SECTION: 40% Practical case studies in the exam (FULL YEAR) SUPPLEMENTARY EXAM (JULY) Any student who has to sit an exam at this stage will sit an exam of this type. THEORETICAL SECTION: 60% (FULL COURSE) PRACTICAL SECTION: 40% (FULL COURSE) The mark obtained in this exam is the final mark for the module. Addendum BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. - Pascual M.J. History of the Rules of Tennis. Gymnos 1991. 2. - International Tennis Federation. Tennis Training for Children and Young People. Gymnos. 1993. 3. - Del Freo A. 1,500 Exercises. Paidotribo. 2007. 4. - Various authors. An Introduction to Racket Sports. Paidotribo. 2007. 5. - Richard Schonborn. Technical Training. Tutor. 1999 6. - Sanz Rivas D. Tennis in Schools. Paidotribo. 2004. 7. - Tous, J. New Trends in Strength and Bodybuilding. Ergo. 1999. 8. - Ruiz Pérez, Luis M. Sport and Learning: The Process of Skill Acquisition and Development. Visor. 1994. 9. - Groppel, J. Tennis for Advanced Players. Gymnos. 1993. Bibliography Core: 1.- Del Freo, Alessandro 1,500 Exercises for Developing Technique, Speed and Rhythm in Tennis Paidotribo Publishers. 1998. ISBN: 8480193670 2. International Tennis Federation Tennis Training for Children and Young People Madrid: Gimnos, 1993. 1993. ISBN: 8480130075 3. Moyano, J. 1001 Padel Games and Exercises. Wancuelen. 2013. ISBN: 8499932258 4. Moyano, J. Padel: Strokes, Training and More Wancuelen. 2016. ISBN: 9788499934204 5. Navarro, S. The Fundamentals of Padel: The Secrets of Effective Training for Athletes. Paidotribo. 2014. ISBN: 8499105491 6. Pascual M.J. History of the Rules of Tennis GYMNOS. 1991. ISBN: 8485945948 7. Ruiz Pérez, Luis Miguel Sport and Learning: Processes of Acquisition and Development 2nd ed. Madrid: Visor, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 847774095X 8. Sanz Rivas, D Tennis in Schools Paidotribo. 2004. ISBN: 84-8019-734-X 9. Sanz Rivas, David Tennis at School : Paidotribo. 2004. ISBN: 84-8019-734- 10. Various authors An Introduction to Racket Sports Paidotribo. 2007. ISBN: 9788480199469 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230516 | Exercise physiology | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise physiologyCódigo: 0230516 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The overall objective of the Exercise Physiology module is for students on the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences to acquire knowledge of and understand the physiological mechanisms underlying responses to and adaptations from physical exercise, as a basis for establishing the criteria on which to develop intervention programmes. Thus, by the end of the academic year, students who have passed the module should be familiar with the physiological principles relating to the cardiorespiratory, metabolic, neuromuscular, endocrine and immune systems, and their adaptations to sports training and functional capacity, as well as their application in physiological assessment and other determinants of sporting performance. OBJECTIVES (in terms of learning outcomes) - To understand the physiological principles related to sports training and regular physical activity. - To understand the scientific literature in the field of exercise physiology and the physiological adaptations related to human and sporting performance. - To be able to justify the assessment of physical fitness and the prescription of health-oriented physical exercises. - To identify the risks associated with inappropriate practice in relation to maintaining physical fitness and sporting performance. - To study the physiological responses and adaptations undergone by the psychobiological system when subjected to acute and chronic physical exercise sessions. - To understand the scientific literature in the field of exercise physiology and the physiological adaptations related to human and sporting performance. - To understand the energy sources utilised during exercise and how these interact depending on the type of exercise performed. - To study the haematological, neuroendocrine and renal physiological responses and adaptations that the body undergoes when subjected to acute and chronic physical exercise sessions. - To study the cardiorespiratory physiological responses and adaptations that the body undergoes when subjected to acute and chronic physical exercise sessions. Course content Topic 1. Fundamentals of motor control Topic 2. Physical exercise and the neuromuscular system Topic 3. Physical exercise, bioenergetics and metabolism Topic 4. Physical exercise and the cardiorespiratory system Topic 5. Physical exercise and the endocrine system Topic 6. Physical exercise and the immune system Topic 7. Molecular physiology of exercise Topic 8. Physical exercise and genetics Topic 9. Physical exercise and specific physiological responses Learning Activities The learning activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Practical sessions (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (70 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment in the standard examination period. The final mark for the module will be out of 10, and may be obtained through: A. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT This applies to students who attend classes and meet the required attendance rate (70 per cent). Final knowledge assessments (60%) Practical activities (20%) Portfolio (20%) B. NON-CONTINUOUS (final) ASSESSMENT: 100% of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical examination, with the following breakdown: Theoretical section: 60% Practical part: 40% It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical section. Addendum The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in the preparation of this work is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, the generation of outlines or the search for general information. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and when it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool available on the virtual campus and will be assessed by the tutor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. Bibliography Essential: 1.- Guyton A. C. Compendium of Medical Physiology Elsevier. 2021. ISBN: 9788491139546 2. López Chicarro JL, Fernández Vaquero A. Exercise Physiology. 3rd edition Panamericana Medical Publishers. 2006. ISBN: 8479039833 3. López Chicharro JL Aerobic–Anaerobic Transition. Concept, Methodology for Determination and Applications. Master Line. 2004. ISBN: 8493250562 4. McArdle WD, Katch FI, Katch VL. Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology. 2nd edition. McGraw Hill. 2004. ISBN: 9788448605988 5. Mora Rodríguez R. Physiology of Sport and Exercise. Field and Laboratory Practice. Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2009. ISBN: 9788498352702 6. Verónique Billat Physiology and Training Methodology Paidotribo. 2002. ISBN: 8480196270 7. Willmore JH, Costill DL. Physiology of Exercise and Sport. 4th edition. Paidotribo. 2007. ISBN: 9788480199162 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0230518 | Basic physical education and motor games | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic physical education and motor gamesCódigo: 0230518 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out all activities across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To communicate and interact appropriately and effectively in the fields of physical activity and sport across diverse contexts, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and consistent manner. • Adapt educational intervention to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly), people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • Fluently develop procedures and protocols to solve unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, articulating and demonstrating mastery of the elements, methods, processes, activities, resources and techniques that make up basic motor skills, physical activities, sporting skills, play, expressive movement and dance activities, and outdoor activities in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and across any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; health-related physical exercise; and physical activity and sport management). • To understand, be able to explain and communicate the roles, responsibilities and importance of a qualified graduate in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, as well as to analyse, understand, identify and reflect critically and independently on their professional identity, training and performance in order to achieve the aims and benefits inherent in physical activity and sport in an appropriate, safe, healthy and efficient manner across all physical activity and sport services offered and provided, and within any professional sector of physical activity and sport. • To understand, develop and apply the ethical and deontological, structural and organisational, and professional performance considerations, as well as the regulations governing the professional practice of graduates in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, in any professional sector of physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical activity and sport education; physical and sports coaching; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport); as well as being able to carry out multidisciplinary work. Description of the course content The content to be covered focuses on understanding and learning the basic aspects of this sport and aims to address the various facets of judo. The topics to be covered are: Topic 1. History of Physical Education and Play 1.1. History of Physical Education 1.2. History of Play Topic 2: Designing Training Sessions 2.1. Definition 2.2. Structure and elements of a session 2.3. Organisation of the session 2.4. Documentation Topic 3: The game 3.1. Definition 3.2. Characteristics of play 3.3. General guidelines for play 3.4. Classification and types of play Topic 4. Motor behaviour 4.1. Definition 4.2. Development of motor behaviour 4.3. Implications for play/sport Topic 5. Motor skills 5.1. Definition 5.2 Types of skills 5.3. Characteristics 5.4. The role of basic motor skills in play Topic 6. Perceptual-motor skills 6.1. Definition 6.2. Characteristics 6.3. Types of abilities 6.4. Role in play Topic 7. Basic physical abilities 7.1. Definition 7.2. Characteristics 7.3. Development 7.4. Role in sport Training Activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or classroom sessions (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (45 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (54 hours). Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment This assessment will be divided into three sections. • Final knowledge assessments (50 per cent): - Theoretical examination • Practical activities (30%): -Practical classes -Class activities • Portfolio (20%): -Practical diary In order to calculate the average mark and obtain a final grade, it is essential to achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 in the final assessments. The module will be deemed passed when the total of all marks, taking into account the above criteria, is 5 or higher. To be eligible for this assessment, students must have attended 70 per cent of all classes. Non-continuous (final) assessment This assessment will be marked on the basis of a theoretical and practical examination, with the following percentage breakdown by section. • Theoretical section (60%) • Practical section (40%) It is essential to achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical section. The module will be considered passed when the sum of all marks, taking into account the above criteria, is 5 or higher. Addendum The public health crisis caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has led to the adoption of exceptional safety measures which, whilst aimed at preventing the spread of the virus, have inevitably affected the way in which teachers and students interact in the context of face-to-face teaching. This has had an impact on the standard teaching timetable, which, whilst these measures remain in force, may be subject to change, particularly affecting teaching and assessment methods. In accordance with the provisions approved by the competent authority and in line with the agreements adopted by the governing bodies of the University and its faculties, the following sets out the extent to which teaching activities and the assessment systems and criteria for the module may be affected whilst the exceptional safety measures referred to in the previous paragraph remain in force. Teaching activities All teaching hours for face-to-face teaching activities will be delivered in full; however, the number of hours delivered physically in the classroom will be reduced by 40 per cent. These hours will be delivered synchronously via the virtual classroom. Classes delivered virtually will be recorded. These recordings will remain available on the course’s virtual campus to enrolled students throughout the academic year, so that they can be viewed an unlimited number of times. Should the exceptional circumstances give rise to measures restricting individual movement, the proportion of teaching hours delivered virtually will be increased. In such an event, provision has been made for 100 per cent of the weekly teaching hours to be delivered virtually. Assessment systems and criteria With regard to individual or group assignments for which a public oral presentation has been scheduled, this presentation will take place via the University’s virtual learning platform. Exams will be held in person in the physical classrooms designated for this purpose during the period set out in the University’s academic calendar. Only in the event that the authorities adopt mandatory measures restricting individual movement will exams be held remotely. The amendments and provisions set out in this section are provisional and may be subject to change as determined by the academic authorities or where circumstances so require. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230519 | Structure and function of the musculoskeletal system | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Structure and function of the musculoskeletal systemCódigo: 0230519 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To identify, communicate and apply scientific anatomical, physiological and biomechanical criteria at an advanced level of proficiency in the design, development and technical-scientific evaluation of appropriate procedures, strategies, actions, activities and guidelines; to prevent, minimise and/or avoid health risks associated with the practice of physical activity and sport across all population groups. • Demonstrate an advanced level of competence in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of physical and sports training programmes. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the needs, requirements and individual and group characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older adults, women and diversity, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). • Be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. Description of the content GENERAL THEMATIC BLOCK: Topic 1 – Anatomical position. Axes and planes. Anatomical terminology. Musculoskeletal system. Overview. Development. SPECIFIC THEMATIC SECTION: Topic 2 – Upper Limb: Bones of the upper limb: Clavicle. Scapula. Humerus. Ulna. Radius. Carpal bones. Bones of the hand. Overview of the skeletal structure of the upper limb. Joints of the shoulder girdle: Acromioclavicular joint. Sternoclavicular joint. Ligaments. Biomechanics. Scapulohumeral joint: Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. General overview. Classification. Intrinsic muscles of the upper limb: dorsal and ventral muscles. Thoracozonal muscles. Topic 3. – Elbow joint. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Static analysis. Distal radiocubital joint. Interosseous membrane. Wrist joint. Carpometacarpal joints. Interphalangeal joints. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics Overview and classification of the muscles of the arm. Ventral muscles. Dorsal muscles. Topographical anatomy of the arm. Topic 4.- Joints of the wrist and hand. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Topic 5. – Lower Limb: Bones of the lower limb. Coxal bone. Femur. Tibia. Fibula. Skeletal foot. Overview of the skeletal structure of the lower limb. Hip joint. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Static analysis. Topic 6.- Muscles of the hip. General overview. Classification. Anterior dorsal muscles. Posterior dorsal muscles. Ventral muscles. Topographical anatomy of the hip. Surface anatomy of the hip Topic 7.- Knee joint. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Static analysis. Classification and general overview of the thigh muscles. Dorsal muscles. Ventral muscles. Topic 8. – Ankle and foot joints. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Role of the foot in the statics and dynamics of the lower limb. Arch of the foot. Gait analysis. Topic 9. – Muscles of the lower leg: General overview. Classification. Anterior dorsal muscles. Lateral dorsal muscles. Ventral muscles. Topographical anatomy of the lower leg and ankle. Muscles of the foot: General overview. Classification. Dorsal muscles. Muscles of the medial plantar region. Muscles of the medial plantar region. Muscles of the lateral plantar region. Superficial anatomy of the lower limb. Topic 10 – The Spine. Study of the vertebrae: Typical vertebra. Regional characteristics. Individual characteristics. The spine: Morphology. Joints. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Overall study. Intrinsic dorsal muscles of the trunk. Topic 11. – Pelvis: Types. Sexual characteristics. Pelvic inlets. Joints. Ligaments. Biomechanics. Overall study of the bony pelvis. Perineum. Boundaries. Muscles of the perineum. Topic 12.- Skeletal system of the thorax: Overview. Bones of the thorax: Ribs. Sternum. Joints of the thorax. Ligaments. Joint biomechanics. Overview of the bony thorax. Muscles of the thorax. General overview. Classification. Topic 13.- Diaphragm. Respiratory mechanics. Abdominal muscles. General overview. Classification. Anterior group. Lateral group. Posterior group. Aponeuroses and ligaments of the broad abdominal muscles. Sheath of the rectus muscles. Weak points of the abdominal wall. Superficial anatomy of the abdomen. Topic 14. – Muscles of the neck. General overview. Classification. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected learning outcomes will be: - Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific. (30 hours) - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). - Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (70 hours). - Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Final assessments (60%) Written examinations at the end of the term covering the full range of learning activities undertaken in the module (60%). Practical activities (20%) Practical assignment that will bring together the knowledge acquired in the course’s laboratory sessions Portfolio (20%) A project bringing together the theoretical work carried out in all lectures throughout the semester NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Final assessments (100%) The final exam mark will be calculated by weighting both parts: Theoretical section: 60% Practical part: 40% To pass the exam, it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part. Furthermore, the weighted sum of both parts must result in a final mark of 5 or higher. Bibliography Basic: 1. Michael Schunke, Erik Schulte and Udo Schumacher Prometheus, General Anatomy and the Musculoskeletal System Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2012. ISBN: 978-84-9835-7 2. Nick Evans Anatomy of Bodybuilding Tutor. 2007. ISBN: 978-84-7902-6 Supplementary: 3.- A. I. Kapandji Joint Physiology Panamericana Medical Publishers. 2007. ISBN: 978-84-9835-0 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230523 | Physical activity and sport for people with disabilities | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical activity and sport for people with disabilitiesCódigo: 0230523 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities to submit verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. Accordingly, the following objectives are set out: • To adapt educational provision to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly),people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), whilst taking gender and diversity into account. • To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical fitness programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of resolving unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Be able to rehabilitate, retrain and/or re-educate individuals, groups or teams with injuries and medical conditions (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), whether they compete or not, through physical and sporting activities and physical exercises suited to their characteristics and needs. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the individual and group needs, demands and characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older people (the elderly), women and diversity, schoolchildren, people with disabilities and people with medical conditions or related health issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). Description of the content Description of the content The main competences related to the subjects in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) C.E.78. To be familiar with the main developments in current scientific evidence regarding physical activity and health, and the design of health-oriented physical activity programmes. 2) C.E.79. To design health-oriented physical activity and fitness programmes, following an assessment of the characteristics and needs of the individuals for whom they are intended. 3) C.E.80. To be familiar with and able to utilise the main sources of literature relating to physical activity and health. 4) C.E.81. Understand the theoretical basis of the most common pathological processes and the prescription of individualised exercise programmes in each case. 5) C.E.82. The inclusion of pupils with special educational needs is one of the challenges currently facing graduates in Physical Activity and Sport. Both at a conceptual and legislative level, there is unanimous agreement that all children have the same rights to receive a quality education that takes into account both their potential and their limitations, not to be discriminated against on account of the nature of their particular conditions, and therefore, to be included, just like any other pupil, in the classroom and in any other setting, whether extracurricular, recreational or sporting. 6) C.E.83. To be familiar with the main physical, mental and sensory disabilities. 7) C.E.84. Understand the importance of physical activity programmes in the inclusion of children with special educational needs. 8) C.E.85. Plan activities adapted for pupils with special educational needs. 9) C.E.86. Make appropriate use of ICT and other resources to find information relating to physical activity and health. Relation to the degree programme’s learning outcomes This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) Learning Outcome 5. Assess physical fitness and prescribe health-oriented physical exercises. 2) C.E.6. Promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits regarding physical activity and sport amongst the adult population, older people and people with disabilities. 3) C.E.7. Identify the health risks arising from the practice of inappropriate physical activities amongst people who engage in health-oriented physical activity. Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (4 hours). - Assessment (6 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (70 hours). Assessment system and criteria Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the various learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed learning outcomes has been achieved: Continuous Assessment (≥ 70% physical or virtual attendance) Final knowledge assessments – 50% - Theoretical examinations Practical activities – 30% - In-class delivery of the practical activity - Presentation of the practical activity Portfolio – 20% - Assessment of the theoretical document for the practical activity Final Assessment (< 70% attendance, either in person or online) Theoretical component – 60% - Theoretical exam Practical component – 40% - Assignment demonstrating the practical application of the course’s theoretical concepts Students sitting the final assessment must pass the theoretical-practical exam. Passing both parts (theoretical and practical) is mandatory in order to pass the module. Therefore, it is compulsory to achieve at least a 5 in the practical part so that this can be averaged with the theoretical part. Attendance at the course must be at least 70 per cent of the sessions in order to be eligible for continuous assessment. Students who do not achieve 70 per cent attendance will be assessed via the final assessment. Addendum Addendum Learning outcomes The criteria used to assess competences in in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content modules content modules set out through the completion of theoretical and practical questions. - Carrying out assignments and practical exercises applying the subject matter the subject. - Carry out a basic assessment of a patient’s state of health prior to the commencement of an exercise programme. - Assessment of the parameters of healthy physical fitness. - Solve practical case studies involving the prescription of exercise for health for different types of individuals. - Basic assessment of the main physical, mental and sensory impairments. Bibliography Essential: 1. Arráez Martínez, Juan Miguel Motor skills, self-concept and integration of blind children : Granada: University: Andalusian Institute of Sport ISBN: 8433824783 2. Various authors Adapted physical education for primary schools: first cycle : Barcelona : INDE, 2003 ISBN: 8495114666 3. Cati Gómez Lecumberri; Núria Puig Barata; Gaspar Maza Gutiérrez Sport and social integration. A guide to educational intervention through sport : INDE ISBN: 9788497291552 4. Francisco Javier Hernández Vázquez Inclusion in Physical Education. The keys to success for the inclusion of pupils with different abilities : INDE ISBN: 9788497293082 5. Rios Hernández, Merche A Handbook on Adapted Physical Education for Pupils with Disabilities : Barcelona : Paidotribo, 2003 ISBN: 8480196858 6. Sanz Rivas, David; Reina Vaíllo, Raúl. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES AND ADAPTED SPORTS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES : Paidotribo ISBN: 9788499101576 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0230520 | Communication in a Foreign Language I | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Communication in a Foreign Language ICódigo: 0230520 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the course will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (78 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The assessment process will be carried out with the aim of achieving the learning outcomes set out in the course description. The assessments carried out will evaluate the four language skills (reading comprehension, listening comprehension, written expression and oral expression). These tests will be: • Writing tests. • Written tests comprising multiple-choice questions, true or false questions, fill-in-the-blank exercises and short-answer questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Vocabulary and grammar exercises. • Completing and presenting assignments. • Listening comprehension tests. • Oral expression tests. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed through continuous assessment, as follows: Final Knowledge Tests (Total 60%): Mid-term Test 1 (30%) Mid-term Test 2 (30%) Skills: Technical Vocabulary Reading Listening Grammar & Use of English Practical Activities (30%): Speaking Test It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in these sections (each part of the final knowledge tests and the practical activities) in order to be eligible for continuous assessment. Portfolio (10%) - Tasks focusing on oral and written expression set by the lecturer during classes throughout the term. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT/REGULAR AND/OR SESSIONAL EXAM (Final) Should a student have failed to sit any of the partial assessments or have failed them, the corresponding official examination will account for 100% of the mark. In this case, students will be assessed via a theoretical and practical examination, with the following weighting: Theoretical section: 60% Practical part (Speaking test): 40% - It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical part. Note 1: AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the oral tests for continuous assessment may be carried over to the ordinary examination (never the resit) within the academic term in question. The results of the written tests MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES FOR ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written test results for each session. Bibliography Core: 1. Virginia Evans and Jenny Dooley It’s Grammar Time 4 Express Publishing. 2016. ISBN: 9781471538100 2. Virginia Evans and Jenny Dooley It’s Grammar Time 4 Express Publishing. 2016. ISBN: 9781471538100 3. Virginia Evans, Jenny Dooley and Alan Graham Career Paths: Sport Express Publishing. 2016. ISBN: 9781471505737 Supplementary: 4. Brinks Lockwood, Robyn and David Bohlke Skillful Listening and Speaking Level 2 Macmillan Education. 2013. ISBN: 978230431935 5. Rogers, Louis Skillful 2 Reading and Writing Macmillan Education. 2018. ISBN: 9781380010650 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230521 | Statistics | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
StatisticsCódigo: 0230521 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities to submit verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To design and implement the methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, implementation, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport. • To organise and implement the provision of advice, certification and technical-scientific evaluation of physical and sporting activities and resources across all physical activity and sport services, contexts, settings and sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport, as well as in the design and preparation of technical reports across all physical activity and sport services. • To be familiar with and understand the fundamentals of scientific research methodology. • To analyse, review and assess the impact and effectiveness of research methods, techniques and resources, as well as scientific working methodology, in solving problems that require the use of creative and innovative ideas. Prerequisites None specified. Competencies Competencies Knowledge 1. C.G.21. Understand the basic concepts of biostatistics and their applicability to the biomedical sciences. 2. C.E.105. Design and analyse simple studies. 3. C.E.106. The usefulness and applications of statistical software. 4. C.E.107. Distinguish between a sample and a population, as well as between random and non-random samples. 5. C.E.108. Analyse a dataset descriptively. 6. C.E.109. Understand the most important distributions and know when to use them. 7. C.E.110. Construct and interpret confidence intervals for means and proportions. 8. C.E.111. Formulate the hypotheses for a hypothesis test based on the aim of the experiment, and understand their limitations and interpretation. 11. C.E.112. Understand the relationship between confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. 12. C.E.113. Interpret the p-value and draw conclusions. 13. C.E.114. Distinguish between independent and paired samples. 14. C.E.115. Distinguish between parametric and non-parametric methods. 15. C.E.116. Compare one or two means or proportions depending on the type and number of data points. 16. C.E.117. The applications of the chi-squared test; understand the limitations of the technique and analyse the reasons for its significance. 17. C.E.118. Understand the concepts of risk factor, relative risk, odds ratio and aetiological fraction. 18. C.E.119. The problem of multiple comparisons and the Bonferroni correction. 19. C.E.120. Understand the concept and interpretation of simple linear regression and correlation studies 20. C.E.121. Understand the concept and interpretation of survival analysis. The Kaplan-Meier method. 21. C.E.122. Understand the concept, purpose and design of a clinical trial. Meta-analysis. PRACTICAL SKILLS Competent practical skills (routinely and without supervision) 1. C.E.123. Interpret the levels of precision, confidence and error in the conclusions of a statistical study. 2. C.E.124. Use a statistical software package at user level. 3. C.E.125. Analyse data descriptively. 4. C.E.126. Calculate confidence intervals for means and proportions, determining the appropriate sample size. 5. C.E.127. Formulate the hypotheses for a hypothesis test. 6. C.E.128. Calculate the p-value. 7. C.E.129. Compare two means. 8. C.E.130. Compare two proportions. 9. C.E.131. Analyse a contingency table using the chi-squared test. 10. C.E.132. Apply the Bonferroni method. 11. C.E.133. Plot a scatter plot, regression line and correlation for two variables. 12. C.E.134. Calculate Spearman’s correlation coefficient. 13. C.E.135. Create a database. To have practised this under supervision (under the supervision of the tutor) 1. C.E.136. Break down contingency tables to identify the causes of significance in a chi-squared test. 2. C.E.137. Transform variables to ensure they meet the specifications of the model to be used. 3. C.E.138. Obtain normality intervals in linear regression. 4. C.E.139. Calculate the appropriate measure in an epidemiological study. 5. C.E.140. Evaluate a binary diagnostic method. Perform exact tests for two proportions. 6. C.E.141. Compare several means using parametric and non-parametric methods. 7. C.E.142. Perform multiple regression. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess competences in in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Ability to understand and assimilate basic concepts - Ability to apply statistical calculations. Relation to the degree programme’s competences C.G.22. Effectively utilise knowledge, procedures and results relating to statistics Description of the course content THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL CONTENT Topic 1: Introduction to research. Topic 2: Information retrieval and statistical software. Topic 3: Basic concepts in applied statistics. Topic 4: Descriptive statistics and data visualisation. Topic 5: Probability distributions. Topic 6: Confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. Topic 7. Database management and cleaning tools. Topic 8. Linear and bivariate correlations. Topic 9. Comparison of two groups. Topic 10. Comparison of K groups. Topic 11. Chi-square test Topic 12. Presentation of results Topic 13. An introduction to emerging statistical methods: meta-analysis and regression. Topic 14. An introduction to emerging statistical methods: mixed and linear models Learning activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts related to statistics (30 hours) 2) Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours) 3) Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (78 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the regular examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment system will consist of: oral examinations, multiple-choice written examinations, essay-type written examinations, the completion and presentation of assignments, tutorial supervision, and attendance and participation in seminars and practical demonstrations. a) CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: This comprises several parts: Final knowledge assessments (50%) - Final examination (50%). The theoretical and practical examination may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay-style questions, or case studies. In multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of answers provided. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. Practical activities (30%) - Data analysis assignment with a written report: Students will carry out a practical assignment, either individually or in pairs, consisting of analysing a set of real or simulated data using the statistical techniques covered in the module. Portfolio (20%) - Practical work log (20%). This individual practical work log must be completed during practical sessions. It will cover all the practical work carried out in class, which will be saved on the computers. Students must individually submit a log for marking. Each student must therefore compile their portfolio solely from the practical exercises carried out in class or as specified by the lecturer throughout the course. b) NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: If students opt for the final assessment or forfeit their right to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMS IN JANUARY OR JULY. Final knowledge assessments (100%) - Final exam 100%. The exam, covering both theoretical and practical content, may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay-style questions, or case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be awarded marks, whilst incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of options in the question. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. - The theoretical section will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. - The practical section will account for 40 per cent of the final mark. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical section. CLASS ATTENDANCE. STUDENTS WILL LOSE THEIR RIGHT TO CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT if their attendance rate is less than 70% EXCUSES FOR ABSENCES Justification for absences must be submitted within a maximum of two weeks of the absence; after this period, the justification will no longer be valid. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0230522 | The History of the Olympic Movement, Physical Activity and Sport | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The History of the Olympic Movement, Physical Activity and SportCódigo: 0230522 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Skills 1. To be familiar with and able to apply the essential theoretical tools that enable students to understand sport as a social and cultural phenomenon and, as such, one that is constantly evolving and interacting with other systems within the social structure (education, politics, the economy, the media, etc.). 2. To reflect on the complex and ambivalent roles that sport plays in modern societies. 3. To understand the process of human development and its stages, in order to subsequently adapt the practice of physical and sporting activity accordingly. Programme Outcomes 1) To know and understand the effects of physical exercise on the structure and function of the human body. 2) To know and understand the subject matter of the Sciences of Physical Activity and Sport. Relation to the degree programme’s learning outcomes This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole: 1) C.G.3. To know and understand the physiological and biomechanical factors that influence the practice of physical activity and sport. 2) C.G.5. To know and understand the effects of physical exercise on the structure and function of the human body. 3) C.G.4. To know and understand the behavioural and social factors that influence the practice of physical activity and sport. 4) C.G.6. To know and understand the effects of physical exercise on the psychological and social aspects of human beings. 5) C.G.1. To know and understand the subject matter of the Sciences of Physical Activity and Sport. 6) C.G.2. To acquire basic scientific knowledge applied to physical activity and sport in their various forms. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carry out assignments applying the concepts covered in class. - Applying what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations through practical scenarios. - Independently exploring any topic through research and personal study. - Make appropriate use of ICT. Learning activities The learning activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: • Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific. • Individual and group tutorials • Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making. • Seminars, workshops, etc. • Independent study, including self-directed learning, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. • Oral, written and practical assessments. Course content SYLLABUS TOPIC 1: Introduction to the theory of sport. TOPIC 2: Sport in the earliest historical civilisations. TOPIC 3: Mesoamerica. TOPIC 4: Ancient Greece. TOPIC 5: Roman civilisation. TOPIC 6: The Middle Ages. TOPIC 7: The Olympic Games and sport in the 21st century. Pierre de Coubertin. TOPIC 8: The Modern Olympic Games. Learning Activities The learning activities to be undertaken by students throughout the course will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (78 hours). Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment in the standard examination session. Academic exemption will only apply to lectures or theoretical classes, and not to practical classes designated as ‘TRAB’. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the corresponding weighting as specified in the course syllabus. • Final knowledge assessments (50%) Written examinations covering the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. 50%. • Practical activities (20%) Submission of practical work and presentation. 20%. • Portfolio (30%) Course on Olympic content. 10% Individual assignment on supplementary content. 20% Final assessment 100% of the final mark will be based on a theoretical and practical examination, broken down as follows: • Theoretical section: 60% • Practical component: 40% It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order to have this averaged with the theoretical part. Bibliography Essential reading: 1. Blázquez, D. Physical Education INDE. 2010. ISBN: 9788497292047 2. Gilles Massardier Tales and Legends of the Olympic Games Anaya. 2004. ISBN: 978-84-667-27 3. Monroy, A., & Sáez, G. History of Sport: From Prehistory to the Renaissance. WANCEULEN, S.L. 2007. ISBN: 9788498232226 4. Pérez Ramírez, C The Historical Development of Physical Education. Apunts Journal. Physical Education and Sport. 1994. ISBN: 2014-0983 https://revista-apunts.com/evolucion-historica-de-la-educacion-fisica/ 5.- Vicente Muñoz Puelles A journey through the Olympic Games Anaya. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-698-65 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0330508 | Physical activity and health | OB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical activity and healthCódigo: 0330508 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out all activities across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To design and apply the methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, implementation, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport. • Be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of resolving unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Be able to rehabilitate, retrain and/or re-educate individuals, groups or teams with injuries and medical conditions (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), whether they compete or not, through physical and sporting activities and physical exercises suited to their characteristics and needs. • Demonstrate an advanced level of competence in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of physical and sports training programmes. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the individual and group needs, requirements and characteristics of the entire population, with an emphasis on older people (the elderly), women and people from diverse backgrounds, schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). • To organise and implement programmes for the promotion, guidance, coordination, supervision and technical-scientific evaluation of physical activity, exercise and sport for the entire population, with a focus on specific population groups, whether led by a professional or undertaken independently by the individual, in various settings and across all sectors of professional practice relating to physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; health-related physical exercise; management of physical activity and sport) in accordance with citizens’ capabilities and needs, with the aim of fostering their autonomy, understanding, and the greatest possible and appropriate engagement in physical activity and sport. • To fluently develop procedures and protocols for solving unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, by articulating and applying a command of the elements, methods, processes, activities, resources and techniques that make up basic motor skills, physical activities, sporting skills, play, expressive movement and dance activities, and outdoor activities in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and across any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical education and sport; physical and sports training; health-related physical exercise; management of physical activity and sport). • To fluently develop procedures and protocols to solve unstructured, unpredictable and increasingly complex problems, by articulating and applying a command of the elements, methods, procedures, activities, resources, techniques and processes relating to physical fitness and physical exercise in an appropriate, efficient, systematic, diverse and methodologically integrated manner for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity, and across any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport. • To identify, organise, direct, plan, coordinate, implement and carry out technical and scientific evaluation of the various types of physical and sporting activities adapted to the development, characteristics and needs of individuals and the nature of the activity, venue and organisation, across all types of physical activity and sport services, including sporting events, and within any type of organisation, population, context, setting and group, with an emphasis on specific populations such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor) and in any sector of professional practice within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical education and sport; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport), ensuring safety, efficiency and professionalism in the work carried out in compliance with current regulations. • To articulate and present, with rigour and a scientific approach, the rationale upon which to consistently and professionally develop, support, substantiate and justify all actions, decisions, processes, procedures, interventions, activities, tasks, conclusions, reports and professional performance. • Understand and be able to apply ethical and deontological principles, as well as those of social justice, in professional practice and engagement; demonstrate a commitment to scientific and professional rigour; and maintain a consistent attitude of service to the public in the exercise of their professional practice, with a view to achieving improvement, excellence, quality and efficiency. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established. Competencies The main competences related to the subjects covered in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) C.E.78. To be familiar with the main developments in current scientific evidence relating to physical activity and health, and to the design of health-oriented physical activity programmes. 2) C.E.79. To design health-oriented physical activity and fitness programmes, following an assessment of the characteristics and needs of the participants for whom they are intended. 3) C.E.80. To be familiar with and able to utilise the main sources of literature relating to physical activity and health. 4) C.E.81. Understand the theoretical foundations of the most common pathological processes and the prescription of individualised exercise programmes for each case. 5) C.E.82. The inclusion of pupils with special educational needs is one of the challenges currently facing graduates with a Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport. Both at a conceptual and legislative level, there is unanimous agreement that all children have the same rights to receive a quality education that takes into account both their potential and their limitations, not to be discriminated against on account of the nature of their particular conditions, and therefore, to be included, just like any other pupil, in the classroom and in any other setting, be it extracurricular, recreational or sporting. 6) C.E.83. To be familiar with the main physical, mental and sensory disabilities. 7) C.E.84. Understand the importance of physical activity programmes in the inclusion of children with special educational needs. 8) C.E.85. Plan activities adapted to pupils with special educational needs. 9) C.E.86. Make appropriate use of ICT and other resources to find information relating to physical activity and health. Relation to the degree programme’s learning outcomes This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) C.E.5. Assess physical fitness and prescribe health-oriented physical exercises. 2) C.E.6. Promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst the adult population, older people and people with disabilities. 3) C.E.7. Identify the health risks arising from the practice of inappropriate physical activities amongst people who engage in health-oriented physical activity. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess competences in in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content modules content modules set out through the completion of theoretical and practical questions. - Carrying out assignments and practical work applying the subject-specific the subject. - Carry out a basic assessment of a subject’s state of health prior to commencing an exercise programme. - Assessment of the parameters of healthy physical fitness. - Solve practical case studies involving the prescription of exercise for health for different types of individuals. - Basic assessment of the main physical, mental and sensory impairments. Course content First term: A) Unit 1: Theoretical content. 1. Fundamentals of Physical Activity applied to Health: Benefits and Risks. 2. Health assessment: Pre-exercise assessment. 3. Health-related fitness tests and interpretation. 4. General principles of exercise prescription Unit 2: Pre-registration for physical exercise applied to health. 5. Physical activity for the healthy population with special considerations: children and adolescents, older adults and pregnancy. 6. Physical activity for people with cardiovascular and pulmonary conditions: cardiovascular, peripheral arterial and pulmonary diseases. B) Practical content: 1. Training variables to be monitored in fitness and health programmes: metabolic calculations and methods for prescribing exercise intensity. 2. Health assessment: Risks and benefits of physical activity. 3. Exercise planning and programming in health-focused fitness programmes. 4. Exercise dose-response relationship for the healthy population, with special consideration. Second term: A) Theoretical content: 7. Exercise prescription for people with metabolic disorders and risk factors for cardiovascular disease: diabetes mellitus, dyslipidaemia, hypertension, metabolic syndrome, overweight and obesity. Unit 3: 8. Exercise prescription for populations with other chronic diseases and health problems: arthritis, cancer, fibromyalgia, kidney disease, multiple sclerosis, osteoporosis, spinal cord injury, multiple chronic diseases and health disorders. 9. Brain health and brain-related disorders: Attention deficit disorders, Alzheimer’s disease, anxiety and depression, cerebral palsy and Parkinson’s disease. Unit 4: 10. Behavioural theories and strategies to promote exercise. B) Practical content: 5. Assessing exercise intensity for people with metabolic disorders 6. Assessing exercise intensity for people with cardiovascular disease 7. Designing exercise programmes for people with chronic conditions 8. Designing exercise programmes focused on brain health. 9. Student-led sessions and presentations. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the practice of health-oriented physical and sporting activities (60 hours). 2) Practical classes in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the fields of physical activity and health, and physical activity and sport for people with disabilities (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (71 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT The elements to be taken into account in the assessment and their weightings shall be as follows: 1. Final knowledge assessments (50%) This section will comprise the following parts: January ordinary examination (30%): This will consist of two parts: • 40 single-choice multiple-choice questions, with one correct answer deducted for every three incorrect answers. • A case study related to the course content. To pass both parts, the minimum mark required is 5; under no circumstances may a mark lower than 5 be averaged in. June ordinary examination (20%): • 40 single-answer multiple-choice questions, with one correct answer deducted for every three incorrect answers. To pass, the minimum mark required is 5; under no circumstances may a mark lower than 5 be used to pass. Should a student fail either of these assessments during the ordinary examination sessions, they must retake it in July during the supplementary examination session. 2. Practical activities (30%): Submission of individual and group learning activities (10%), as well as performance during practical sessions or in the presentation of these activities, with this weighting divided into 5% in the first term and 5% in the second term. This will account for 10% of the overall mark for the module and may determine whether the student achieves a PASS (5 marks). If a ‘FAIL’ is obtained, this must be remedied by completing a remedial assignment. Final course project (20 per cent): in which the student will apply the skills, knowledge and competences acquired during the course. This will account for 30 per cent of the overall mark, with a mark ranging from 5 to 10 points, and will allow students to make up for the previous section should they have been assessed as ‘FAIL’. 3. Portfolio (20%): First term practical workbook (10%); to achieve a PASS, a minimum mark of 5 must be obtained, whilst meeting the minimum assessment criteria set out in the assessment rubric. If a ‘FAIL’ is obtained, this must be remedied by completing a remedial assignment. Second term practical workbook (10 per cent): to achieve a ‘PASS’, a minimum mark of 5 must be obtained, whilst meeting the minimum assessment criteria set out in the assessment rubric. This percentage includes the possibility of undertaking supplementary activities such as ‘U-LAB’; should these take place, the weighting would be divided into 5% for the submission of laboratory assignments and 5% for the completion of the U-Lab. If a ‘FAIL’ is obtained, students must retake the module by completing a resit assignment. To be eligible for the continuous assessment model, the following attendance criteria apply: o Attendance at laboratory sessions: Attendance at laboratory sessions is COMPULSORY. The maximum number of absences permitted for these is 20 per cent. o Overall attendance for the module: Overall attendance for all classes (lectures + laboratory sessions) must be 70 per cent. Passing the module is conditional upon achieving a mark of 5 or above in each of the sections mentioned above. Failure to achieve the minimum mark of 5 in any of these sections will mean that the student is obliged to sit an examination covering all the content covered during the course, in the ordinary or supplementary examination session set by the University. Students who DO NOT MEET the attendance requirement must be assessed under the NON-CONTINUOUS (final) ASSESSMENT model. Students who do not meet the requirements for the continuous assessment model (attendance, submission of practical work, assignments and tasks) may opt for the ‘Final Assessment Model’. In this case, their mark will depend exclusively on the results obtained in the corresponding examinations during the official examination sessions. To this end, the mark in this case will be allocated as follows: Theoretical and practical test: 100% • Theoretical part: 60% • Practical part: 40% To pass both parts, students must achieve a minimum mark of 5. Furthermore, it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for the mark to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. American College of Sports Medicine ACSM Manual for the Assessment and Prescription of Exercise Barcelona: Paidotribo. 2014. ISBN: 8499104258 2. American College of Sports Medicine Reference Manual for the Monitoring and Prescription of Exercise Barcelona: Paidotribo, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8480194340 3. Heyward, V.H. Assessment and Prescription of Exercise Paidotribo. 2004. ISBN: 8480192607 4. Luis López Mojares Physical Activity and Health for Executives and Professionals Cie Inversiones Editoriales Dossat. 2002. ISBN: 8495312875 5. Souchard, P.E. Active Global Stretching I. Paidotribo. 2000. ISBN: 8480192852 Supplementary: 6. American College of Sports Medicine ACSM’s Metabolic Calculations Handbook Lippincott Williams. 2005. ISBN: 0781742382 7.- Souchard, P.E. Active Global Stretching II Paidotribo. 2006. ISBN: 8480193727 Links National Strength and Conditioning Association – NSCA website: National (American) Strength and Conditioning Association American College of Sports Medicine – Website of the American College of Sports Medicine |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330509 | Teaching Physical Activity and Sport I | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Teaching Physical Activity and Sport ICódigo: 0330509 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand and analyse the basic and fundamental concepts of motor learning. 2. To understand and apply the basic principles of teaching physical activity in primary and compulsory secondary education (ESO). 3. To distinguish between and apply the different teaching styles, depending on the educational context. 4. To be able to develop a teaching unit (TU) and apply it at the different stages of the Spanish education system. 5. To analyse, understand and apply assessment criteria and tools in any educational process, thereby monitoring that teaching and learning process. 6. Be able to creatively design learning tools related to ICT (Information and Communication Technologies), curricular adaptations, the organisation of the school, and current legislation relating to our education system. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established. Competencies Course competences: 1) C.E.57. To study the process of acquiring different motor skills, analysing the factors involved in this process. 2) C.E.58. Understand and apply the basic principles of teaching Physical Activity and Sport. 3) Learning Outcome 59. Distinguish between existing teaching styles and know how to apply them according to the context in which we find ourselves. 4) Learning Outcome 60. Understand the current structure of the Spanish education system. 5) Learning Outcome 61. To understand the planning processes in Physical Education and know how to apply them to any year group within the secondary education stage. 6) C.E.62. Be familiar with and know how to apply assessment criteria and tools in different educational contexts, thereby learning to monitor the teaching and learning process. 7) C.E.63. To be familiar with and know how to apply Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in an educational context. 8) C.E.64. Understand the functioning and organisation of the school. Qualification competences: 1. Learning Outcome 1. To design, develop and evaluate teaching and learning processes relating to physical activity and sport, taking into account the individual and contextual characteristics of participants. 2. Learning Outcome 2. To promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst the school population. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess the learning outcomes in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: 1. Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical questions. 2. Carry out projects applying the concepts covered in secondary school PE lessons. 3. Draw up an annual PE programme for any year group within the stage 4. Applying the theoretical concepts covered in class to real-life situations through practical scenarios. 5. Understand how different pedagogical variables influence the teaching and learning process. 6. To independently explore any topic through research and personal study 7. Understand how to apply the principles and models of pedagogical intervention in any educational context. 8. Make appropriate use of ICT Course content description BLOCK I: MOTOR LEARNING TOPIC 0 – INTRODUCTION. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MOTOR DEVELOPMENT. TOPIC 1.- BASIC CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING MOTOR AND SPORTS LEARNING. TOPIC 2. – THEORIES AND MODELS OF LEARNING. TOPIC 3.- MOTOR CONTROL AND LEARNING. TOPIC 4. THE ACQUISITION OF MOTOR AND SPORTING SKILLS. TOPIC 5.- COGNITIVE VARIABLES IN MOTOR LEARNING. BLOCK II: TEACHING PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. BASIC CONCEPTS. TOPIC 1.- TEACHING UNIT. TOPIC 2.- FUNDAMENTALS OF TEACHING METHODOLOGY. TOPIC 3.- TEACHING TECHNIQUES. DIDACTIC COMMUNICATION. TOPIC 4.- ORGANISATION AND MONITORING OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. TOPIC 5. – THE CURRICULUM: VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE TOOLS. BLOCK III: PLANNING AND PROGRAMMING IN THE EDUCATIONAL AND PHYSICAL-SPORTING CONTEXT. TOPIC 1. – THE EDUCATION SYSTEM. TOPIC 2.- THE CURRICULUM. CONCEPT, LEVELS OF SPECIFICATION AND TYPES. TOPIC 3. – BASIC COMPETENCIES, OBJECTIVES AND EDUCATIONAL CONTENT. TOPIC 4. PROGRAMMING IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. TOPIC 5. PHYSICAL EDUCATION SESSIONS. TOPIC 6.- ASSESSMENT IN THE FIELD OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT. TOPIC 7.- ADDRESSING DIVERSITY AMONGST PUPILS. TOPIC 8.- RESOURCES AND TEACHING MATERIALS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. BLOCK IV – METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR TEACHING PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. TOPIC 1. TEACHING STYLES: CONCEPT AND CLASSIFICATION. TOPIC 2. – TRADITIONAL TEACHING STYLES. TOPIC 3. TEACHING STYLES THAT PROMOTE INDIVIDUALISED TEACHING. TOPIC 4.- TEACHING STYLES THAT ENABLE PUPIL PARTICIPATION. TOPIC 5. TEACHING STYLES THAT ENGAGE STUDENTS COGNITIVELY. TOPIC 6.- TEACHING STYLES THAT ENABLE STUDENT PARTICIPATION AND PROMOTE CREATIVITY. TOPIC 7.- TEACHING PROGRESSIONS. Training activities 1. Lectures on concepts relating to the teaching processes of physical activity and sport (30 hours). 2. Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (83 hours). 5. Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. The continuous assessment section is organised into three components: Final knowledge assessments, Practical activities and Portfolio. For this module, the weightings established for each section are: • Final knowledge assessments: 60% This section includes the final submissions covering the theoretical content taught in class • Practical activities: 30% Throughout the course, various seminars will be held, with assignments to be prepared and submitted during class time • Portfolio: 10% Submission of all work completed during the course, in a timely and appropriate manner TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, ATTENDANCE AT BOTH THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL CLASSES IS MANDATORY FOR AT LEAST 70 PER CENT OF THEM. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. 100 per cent of the mark will be based on a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: • Theoretical part: 60% • Practical part: 40% It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Bravo Berrocal, Rafael Educational and complementary activities in the natural environment: games Archidona (Málaga): Aljibe, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8487767850 2. Calzada Arija, Amando Curriculum project for Secondary Education (E.S.O.) and the first year of the Baccalaureate Madrid: Gymnos, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8480130350 3. Castejón Oliva, Francisco Javier Evaluation of Physical Education Programmes Madrid: Gymnos, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8480130458 4. Castillo Arredondo, Santiago Theoretical Foundations of Physical Education; Learning and Motor Development Madrid: National University of Distance Education, 1998Physical description: v.; 24 cm ISBN: 84-362-3767-6 Subjects: Physical education Primary education Pedagogy Motor learning Motor development Authors: Castillo Arredondo, Santiago A. 1998. ISBN: 8436237676 5. Cratty, Bryant J. Perceptual and Motor Development in Children Barcelona: Paidós, 1982. 1982. ISBN: 8475091946 6. F. Ureña … [et al.] Didactic Aspects of Physical Education. 3 / Zaragoza: University, Institute of Educational Sciences. 1995. ISBN: 8477911320 7. Fernández Truán, Juan Carlos The didactic application of material resources in the design of the Physical Education curriculum [Seville]: San Pablo Andalucía Foundation Publishing House, 1999. ISBN: 8492225289 8. Galera, Antonio D. A Handbook of Physical Education Pedagogy: A Multicultural Perspective Barcelona; Buenos Aires; Mexico: Paidós, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8449310717 9. García, Antonio Learning and Teaching in Physical Education: The Challenge of Implementing Reflective Practices Córdoba, Argentina: Institute for Physical Education Teachers, [2001]. 2001. ISBN: 9879540743 10. Gil Madrona, Pedro Evaluation of the Physical Education Curriculum in Teaching Madrid: Gymnos, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8480131543 11. Gomendio, Margarita Physical Education for the Integration of Children with Special Needs Madrid: Gymnos. 2000. ISBN: 848013240X 12. Granda, Juan Manual on Motor Learning and Development: A Perspective on Barcelona: Paidós, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8449312744 13.- J. Gazol...[et al.] Didactic Aspects of Physical Education. 2 / Zaragoza: Institute of Educational Sciences, University of Zaragoza, 1998. ISBN: 8477911576 14.- Conference on the Didactics of Physical Education (1st, 1994, Granada) Proceedings of the 1st Conference on the Didactics of Physical Education Seville: Regional Government of Andalusia, Department of Education and Science [etc.], 1994. ISBN: 8487387748 15. Le Boulch, Jean Psychomotor Development from Birth to Age 6 Barcelona: Paidós, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8449300967 16. Le Boulch, Jean Education through Movement in School-Age Children Barcelona; Buenos Aires; Mexico: Paidós, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8475091172 17. LUIS MIGUEL RUIZ PEREZ Development, Motor Behaviour and Sport Madrid: Síntesis, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8477388261 18. Mosston, Muska Teaching Physical Education: The Reform of Teaching Methods Barcelona: Hispano Europea, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 842550970X 19. Piéron, Maurice Teaching Physical and Sporting Activities Madrid: Gymnos, 1988. 1988. ISBN: 8485945441 20. R. Gericó... [et al.] Didactic Aspects of Physical Education, 1 / Zaragoza: University of Zaragoza, Institute of Educational Sciences. 1985. ISBN: 8460038521 21.- R. Pérez... [et al.] Didactic aspects of physical education. 5 / Zaragoza: Institute of Educational Sciences, University of Zaragoza. 2004. ISBN: 8477912106 22. Ruiz Pérez, Luis Miguel Sport and learning: processes of acquisition and development 2nd ed. Madrid: Visor, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 847774095X 23. Ruiz Pérez, Luis Miguel Motor Development and Physical Activities Madrid: Gymnos, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 8485945336 24. Sánchez Bañuelos, Fernando Foundations for the Teaching of Physical Education and Sport 2nd ed. Madrid: Gymnos, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 848594531X 25. Seners, Patrick The Physical Education Lesson Barcelona: INDE. 2001. ISBN: 8495114496 26. Various authors Motor Control and Learning Madrid: Síntesis, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8477386870 27. Various authors Fundamentals of Motor Skills: Theoretical, Practical and Madrid: Gymnos, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8480132833 28. Various authors Physical Education in Secondary Schools: Development of Teaching Materials Barcelona: INDE, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8487330673 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330510 | Sports specialisation | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sports specialisationCódigo: 0330510 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out the entire course of action across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To identify, communicate and apply scientific anatomical, physiological and biomechanical criteria at an advanced level of proficiency in the design, development and technical-scientific evaluation of appropriate procedures, strategies, actions, activities and guidelines; to prevent, minimise and/or avoid health risks associated with the practice of physical activity and sport across all population groups. • Design and implement, with fluency, ease, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, to facilitate the processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the analysis, design and evaluation of tests for assessing and monitoring physical fitness and sporting performance. • Demonstrate an advanced level of competence in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of physical and sports training programmes. • To articulate and demonstrate, with rigour and a scientific approach, the rationale upon which to consistently and professionally develop, support, substantiate and justify all actions, decisions, processes, procedures, interventions, activities, tasks, conclusions, reports and professional performance. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Course content • General Principles • History, Terminology and General Aspects • Interpretation and Application of the Rules of the Game • General and specific dynamic coordination. Skills and abilities. • Technique and tactics of the sport. • Regulations Training Activities The training activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sports, games, dance, physical expression, etc. (30 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (77 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- For each sport, the general assessment criteria shall be as follows: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: The final mark for the module will be out of 10 and may be obtained through continuous assessment throughout the course or by sitting the non-continuous assessment. - Final knowledge assessments (50%). A theoretical and practical examination will be held, which may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay questions, or practical case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of answers provided. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. - Practical activities (50%). One or more assignments to be completed in accordance with the regulations. The total mark for these assignments will be out of 10 marks. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: If students opt for the final assessment or forfeit their right to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMS IN MAY OR JULY. - Final knowledge assessments (100%) Final exam 100%. The exam covering theoretical and practical content may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay questions, or practical case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of options in the question. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. The theoretical section will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. The practical section will account for 40% of the final mark. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical section. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330511 | New trends in fitness training | OB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
New trends in fitness trainingCódigo: 0330511 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To learn about the latest training trends in the fitness sector 2. To understand and identify the strengths and weaknesses of programmes based on new training trends 3. To improve motor skills through practical exercises. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Course content 1. History and evolution of fitness. Components of fitness 2. The role of a personal trainer (current situation) 3. Online training / coaching 4. New technologies: force platforms, photoelectric sensors, massage guns, mobile apps 5. Wellness: Pilates method, hypopressive exercises, joint mobility, pelvic floor, foam roller. 6. Fitness: Olympic movements, group classes (Les Mills, F45 Training, Trib3), new hybrid sports disciplines (CrossFit, Hyrox, OCR), barefoot training (Animal Flow, Ground, Handstand), kettlebell training, functional training. 7. New training methods: occlusive training, variable load training, oscillatory training, post-activation potentiation. Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (20 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (10 hours). - Assessment (6 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (79 hours). Assessment system and criteria System 1. Regarding class attendance: a) Students must attend at least 80 per cent of classes during the academic year. b) Each day of absence, or any lateness exceeding 10 minutes from the start of the class, will be counted as one absence. c) Students are responsible for keeping track of their own number of absences. If a student is absent from class for more than 3 days, they must contact the teacher immediately after the absence. d) After 3 absences, students lose the right to sit the pre-exam, in which they must achieve a mark of 6 points. This applies regardless of whether the absences are authorised or unauthorised. Assessment Criteria 1. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT This applies to students who attend classes and meet the required attendance percentage. - Final knowledge assessments (60%) - Practical activities (40%) 2. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT (final): 100% of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical examination, with the following breakdown: o Theoretical section: 60% o Practical part: 40% It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. * Students must submit ALL assignments requested in class on time and in the correct format. This means that students must upload the relevant practical assignment before the deadline, in the specific section allocated to each assignment. Any assignment submitted after the specified date and time, or submitted in a format other than that defined in class, will be counted as NOT SUBMITTED; a maximum of one assignment may be submitted on time and in the correct format. In such cases, the maximum mark will be 5 marks. If the second assignment is not submitted, it will be recorded as ‘not submitted’ and ‘not assessable’. (The practical workbook is excluded from this criterion). * Individual assignments must be unique; there must not be two identical assignments . If two assignments are found to have the same content and explanation, they will be considered as NOT SUBMITTED. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330512 | Sports nutrition | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sports nutritionCódigo: 0330512 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to achieve the following objectives: 1- To provide students with a comprehensive overview of general nutrition so that they can understand the concepts associated with sports nutrition. 2- To teach students the methodology for conducting a proper nutritional assessment and interpreting the results in relation to a person’s state of health, and to adapt their diet to the sport they practise 3- To foster critical thinking in students so that they can assess the accuracy of information received regarding nutrition and, in doing so, avoid the adoption and spread of false myths. 4- To develop tools for improving one’s daily diet, as well as a greater awareness of the use of food, supplements and other products consumed. 5- To address topics of interest relating to nutrition and dietetics, providing additional reference material to explore the subject in greater depth 6- To guide and evaluate the various initiatives that promote adherence to an active lifestyle and the regular, healthy participation in and practice of physical activity and sport. 7- Draw up appropriate nutritional recommendations tailored to the individual’s specific context, in line with the most up-to-date scientific knowledge in the field of sports nutrition 8- Understand the different macronutrients and know how to apply them in a sporting context to maximise performance or aid an athlete’s recovery under specific conditions Course content Syllabus THEORY TOPIC 1: Introduction to nutrition TOPIC 2: Energy substrates TOPIC 3: Proteins in physical activity and sport TOPIC 4: Carbohydrates in physical activity and sport TOPIC 5: Lipids in physical activity and sport TOPIC 6: Vitamins in physical activity and sport TOPIC 7: Minerals in physical activity and sport TOPIC 8: Hydration in physical activity and sport TOPIC 9: Functional foods and ergogenic aids SEMINARS SEM1: Food composition tables SM2: Recommended intakes. Dietary guidelines. Energy expenditure SM4: Miracle diets SM5: Eating disorders SM6: Nutritional assessment of athletes SM7: Assessment of sports drinks SM8: Nutrition in strength and endurance sports SM9: Nutrition in team sports Learning Activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (70 hours). Assessment system and criteria In the course’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and marking schemes for each one. To be eligible for CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, a minimum attendance of 70 per cent at both theory and practical classes is compulsory. Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to Continuous Assessment, and students will instead sit the non-continuous assessment during the official examination sessions. Continuous assessment will be allocated as follows: Final knowledge tests (60%) -Exams assessing the knowledge acquired from the theoretical concepts studied in class. Practical activities (20%) - Solving practical case studies based on information previously studied in laboratory activities. Students will be set exercises to complete relating to the concepts covered in the session or will be asked to search for scientific articles on a specific topic, to develop critical reading skills. Portfolio (20%) - Compilation of a portfolio in which the theoretical concepts covered in class are applied in a practical manner. Non-continuous assessment will be distributed as follows: Theoretical-Practical Test (100%) - A written examination covering the theoretical knowledge of the subject (60%) - A practical examination assessing the practical skills acquired. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical mark. (40%) The examinations will be multiple-choice, except for the practical cases, which may involve solving a problem similar to those covered in class. Incorrect answers in the multiple-choice examination are marked negatively. In the course/module’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and marking schemes for each one. 5.1. Ordinary examination session To pass the course/module in the ordinary assessment period, you must achieve a mark of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher in the final mark (weighted average) for the course and, in addition: The average mark for all activities in each course/module must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the exam. Similarly, the exam mark must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the activities. 5.2. Extraordinary examination session To pass the module in the resit, students must achieve a final mark (weighted average) of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. Students must submit any assignments that were not passed during the ordinary examination period, after receiving the relevant feedback from the lecturer, or any assignments that were not submitted at all. Bibliography Essential: 1. Marcela Glez-Gross Sports Nutrition: From Physiology to Practice Panamericana. 2020. ISBN: 9788491106036 Supplementary: 2.- Ángel Gil Treatise on Nutrition 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2017. ISBN: 9788491101956 3. Jeukendrup, Asker, Sport Nutrition/ 4th ed. Human Kinetics, 2024. ISBN: 9781718221703 4. José Matáix Verdú Nutrition and Human Diet Ergon. 2009. ISBN: 9788484736646 5. Pablo Veiga Herreros Theoretical and Practical Handbook of Nutrition and Diet Bellisco. 2009. ISBN: 9788495277008 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330513 | Theory and practice of sports training | OB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Theory and practice of sports trainingCódigo: 0330513 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course ‘Theory and Practice of Sports Training’ is designed with a view to students’ future professional roles as those responsible for improving the physical fitness of athletes and the general population, aiming to develop skills from a perspective grounded in scientific evidence. The overall objective of the module is to ensure that students acquire the fundamental knowledge (‘knowing’) and skills (‘knowing how to do’ and ‘knowing what to do’) necessary to: 1) assess the need for and influence of each physical capacity on training and on general and specific motor performance, 2) interpret the principles governing the training of physical qualities and apply effective and safe stimuli to improve physical fitness; 3) design training programmes for athletes and the general population. Objectives 1 and 3 will be fully achieved following the completion of other modules such as ‘Functional Assessment of Physical and Sports Performance’ and ‘Organisation and Planning of Sports Training’. - To understand the principles of training, the concept of training load and its application to achieve adaptations. - Understand physical abilities and the methods for improving them in the general public and athletes. - To know how to apply the various training methods to improve physical fitness. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies The main competences related to the subjects covered in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) C.E.65. To be familiar with and understand the effects that a training programme has on athletes’ physical fitness. 2) C.E.66. To master the key concepts of the sports training process. 3) C.E.67. To recognise and practise the different systems and methods for training physical qualities (strength, endurance, flexibility and speed). 4) Learning Outcome 68. To understand, develop and apply the basic concepts of sports training planning and delivery. 5) C.E.69. Apply training principles to different contexts related to the practice of physical activity and sport. (green, grey) 6) C.E.70. Understand and be able to develop the physical, technical and tactical skills required for the chosen sport. 7) C.E.71. Be familiar with the methodology and specific training methods of the chosen sport. 8) C.E.72. Understand and analyse the characteristics of athletes from a physiological and biomechanical perspective. 9) C.E.73. Know how to plan and evaluate training and competition in the chosen sport. (green, purple) 10) C.E.74. Understand the benefits, limitations and interpretation of the main functional assessment tests used in the fields of health and sport. 11) C.E.75. To critically read articles from the scientific literature dealing with different aspects of exercise physiology and the functional assessment of physical performance. Relation to the degree programme’s learning outcomes This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) C.E.3. Plan, develop and monitor the training process at its various levels. 2) C.E.4. Apply physiological, biomechanical and behavioural principles when supervising sports training. 3) C.E.5. Assess physical fitness and prescribe health-oriented physical exercises. 4) C.E.8. Plan, develop and evaluate the delivery of recreational physical and sporting activities. 5) C.E.10. Select and know how to use sports materials and equipment appropriate for each type of recreational physical and sporting activity. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes include, amongst others, the following: • Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical questions. • Apply what is learnt in theory in class to real-life situations through practical scenarios. • To plan and periodise a season, or part of a season, in the chosen sport. • Independently develop any content through research and personal work. • Be able to apply the principles and methods of sports training to develop the various basic physical qualities, taking into account the relevant context. • Apply the technical and tactical knowledge acquired in relation to the chosen sport. • Carry out practical functional assessments of those abilities that can be evaluated through testing (e.g. joint mobility, strength, endurance, speed, etc.) • Make appropriate use of ICT. Course content Topic 1. Basic criteria for designing training programmes. Topic 2. Strength: concepts and training variables. Topic 3. Methodology and selection of exercises for strength training. Topic 4. Core control and stability training to improve performance and health. Topic 5. Speed: concepts, variables and training methodology. Topic 6. Endurance: concepts and training variables. Topic 7. Methodology and selection of exercises for endurance training Topic 8. Mobility/flexibility: concepts and training variables. Topic 9. Methodology and selection of exercises for range of motion and flexibility training. Topic 10. Introduction to new technologies for monitoring and adjusting training. Topic 1. Basic criteria for the design of training programmes 1.1. Definition of load/stimulus, its relationship to adaptation and its application to training. 1.2. Components of training load. 1.3. Training load and recovery. 1.4. The training process: analysis and update. 1.5. The systematisation of the training process: origins, evolution and review. 1.6. Programming: practical implementation and the decision-making process in training programmes. Topic 2. Strength: training concepts and variables. 2.1 The concept of strength, updated terminology and its application in the field of physical education and sport. 2.1.1. Applied force, Peak Force (PF) and Rate of Force Development (RFD). 2.1.2. Force-time and force-velocity curves: understanding and application to training. 2.1.3. Power as a result of strength training 2.1.2. Load-velocity curve: application for load control and the effects of training (“force-velocity profile”). 2.2. Strength deficit. 2.3. Strength training objectives by sport: analysis and strength requirements in sport. 2.4. Strength training in healthy physical conditioning programmes (ACFS). 2.5. Definition and decision-making regarding strength training load variables: 2.5.1. Training frequency (Fen). 2.5.2. Training volume (Ven). 2.5.3. Training intensity (Ien). 2.5.4. Nature of the effort (CE) and Effort Index (IE). 2.5.5. Recovery (Ren) and training density (Den). Topic 3. Methodology and selection of exercises for strength training. 3.1. Definition of a training method, analysis of proposals and updating. 3.2. Vertical Progression Methods: 3.2.1. Circuit Methods (General, Concentrated, Blocks) 3.2.2. Exercise Grouping Methods for a Set (AES) 3.3. Horizontal Progression Methods: 3.3.1. Methods for Grouping Sets for a Single Exercise (ASE): uniform load, variable load. 3.4. Criteria for the selection of exercises in strength training 3.4.1. Variables in exercise selection. 3.4.2. According to exercise characteristics: simple, combined and sequential. 3.4.3. According to the nature of the tasks: conditioning, technical-tactical-conditioning (integrated and comprehensive). 3.4.4. According to training focus/effects: GD (non-specific but useful), specific and competitive. Topic 4. Training of core control and stability to improve performance and health. 4.1. Terminological and conceptual analysis in relation to the concept of ‘core stability’ 4.2. Static and dynamic stability and their implications for performance and injury prevention 4.3. Fundamentals of ‘core’ training: 4.3.1. The neutral zone and its implications for health and performance. 4.3.2. Selection of exercises and methodology for improving core control and stability. 4.3.3. Variables for defining and controlling load in ‘core’ training: current proposals Topic 5. ‘Speed’: concepts, variables and training methodology. 5.1. ‘Speed’ as a resulting physical fitness capacity. 5.2. Criteria for improving execution speed in a sporting context. 5.3. Selection of exercises and training methods to improve ‘speed’ in sport. Topic 6. Endurance: concepts and training variables 6.1. Endurance: introduction and an update on terminology and concepts 6.2. Analysis and structure of endurance in sport for application to training 6.2.1. Endurance training in cyclic sports 6.2.2. Endurance training in complex non-cyclic sports 6.2.3. Endurance training in health and fitness programmes 6.3. Definition and decision-making regarding the variables of resistance training load: 6.3.1. Training frequency (Fen). 6.3.2. Training volume (Ven). 6.3.3. Training intensity (Ien). 6.3.4. Recovery (Ren) and training density (Den). 6.4. ‘Concurrent’ training: strength and endurance training Topic 7. Methodology and selection of exercises for endurance training. 7.1. Continuous Methods (CM): 7.1.1. Uniform CM. 7.1.2. Variable CM. 7.2. Interval Methods (IM): 7.2.1. Interval-Based Interval Methods (MFI). 7.2.2. Repetition-Based Interval Training (MFR). 7.2.3. ‘High-Intensity’ Interval Training (HIIT): a review of terminology and concepts. 7.2.4. Evidence and applications of HIIT: short and long HIIT intervals, RST, RSA. 7.2.5. Competition/Control Method (MCC). 7.2.6. Criteria for selecting exercises to improve endurance: analysis and practical applications. Topic 8. Range of Motion (ROM)/flexibility: concepts and training variables 8.1. Flexibility/range of motion (ROM) training: application to sporting performance and health. 8.1. Definition, factors and components of ROM/flexibility, 8.2. Joint mobility. 8.3. Concepts of ‘stretching’, elasticity, stiffness and compliance. 8.4. Laxity, stiffness and stability in relation to possible ROM dysfunctions. 8.5. Biostructural and neurophysiological foundations of flexibility/ROM training. 8.6. Requirements for ROM/flexibility in the context of sport. 8.7. Requirements for joint mobility and functional flexibility in healthy fitness programmes. Topic 9. Methodology and selection of exercises for ADM/flexibility training. 9.1. Flexibility/ADM within the basic structures of periodisation (intra-session). 9.2. Selection of exercises for flexibility/ADM training. 9.3. Methodology and techniques for flexibility/ADM training. 9.3.1. Static Stretching (SS): Passive Stretching (PS);;;;;;;; Active Stretching (AS);;;;;;;; Dynamic Stretching (DS). 9.3.2. Combined Techniques. 9.3.3. Stretching and Electrical Muscle Stimulation (EMS). 9.3.4. Myofascial self-release. 9.3.5. Review of proposals and controversies regarding ‘stretching’. Topic 10. Introduction to new technologies for monitoring and adjusting training loads. 10.1. Technology for the assessment and monitoring of strength training load. 10.2. Technology for the assessment and monitoring of endurance training load. 10.3. Technology for the assessment and monitoring of training load to improve core stability. 10.4. Technology for the assessment and monitoring of training load to improve range of motion (ROM) and flexibility. Training activities 1. Lectures (MG) on concepts relating to sports training, as well as those relating to the technical and tactical aspects applied to sports training (60 hours) 2. Practical sessions (LB) in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually acquire the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of sports training and the functional assessment of physical performance (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (10 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (79 hours). 5. Oral, written and practical assessment tests (7 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The final mark for the module will be out of 10, and may be obtained through: A. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT This applies to students who attend classes and meet the required attendance rate (70 per cent). Final knowledge assessments (60%) Practical activities (40%) B. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT (final): 100% of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical examination, with the following breakdown: Theoretical section: 60% Practical part: 40% It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical section. Addendum The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in the preparation of this work is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, the generation of outlines or the search for general information. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and when it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool provided on the virtual campus and will be assessed by the tutor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. González Badillo, Juan José Fundamentals of Strength Training Programming Barcelona: INDE, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8497290135 2. Juan José González Badillo Fundamentals of Strength Training: Application to High-Performance Sport INDE. 1997. ISBN: 848733038 X 3. Fernando Navarro Valdivielso Endurance Madrid: Gymnos, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8480131144 Further reading: 4. García Manso, Juan Manuel Theoretical Foundations of Sports Training: Principles and Applications Madrid: Gymnos, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8480130539 5. González Ravé, José María Sports Training: Madrid: Médica Panamericana, 2014. 2014. ISBN: 9788498357837 6. Naclerio, Fernando Sports Training Buenos Aires: Editorial Médica Panamericana, 201. 2011. ISBN: 9788498353310 0. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 42 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0330514 | Sport and leisure | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sport and leisureCódigo: 0330514 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To design and apply the methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, implementation, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport, • To communicate and interact appropriately and efficiently in the fields of physical activity and sport, across diverse intervention contexts, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and continuous manner. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, and in a conscious and continuous manner, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of adaptation processes and the improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of resolving unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • To organise and implement programmes for the promotion, guidance, coordination, supervision and technical-scientific evaluation of physical activity, physical exercise and sport for the entire population, with a focus on special populations, whether supervised by a professional or undertaken independently by the individual, in various settings and across all sectors of professional practice relating to physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; health-related physical exercise; management of physical activity and sport) in accordance with citizens’ capabilities and needs, with the aim of fostering their autonomy, understanding, and the greatest possible and appropriate engagement in physical activity and sport. • To understand and be able to apply ethical and professional conduct principles, as well as those of social justice, in professional practice and engagement; and to maintain a commitment to scientific and professional rigour, alongside a consistent attitude of service to the public in the exercise of their professional practice, with a view to achieving improvement, excellence, quality and efficiency. • To understand, develop and apply the ethical and professional standards, structural and organisational frameworks, professional performance requirements and regulations governing the professional practice of graduates in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, across any professional sector within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports coaching; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport); as well as being able to carry out multidisciplinary work. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established. Competencies The main competences related to the subjects in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) C.E.87. To be familiar with the most recent concepts and techniques relating to organisational management, with particular emphasis on those applicable to sports organisations. 2) C.E.88. To understand and apply a strategic management methodology that can be applied to sports organisations. 3) C.E.89. To have a thorough understanding of the basic types of facilities where students carry out their work activities, in order to subsequently analyse their needs and resource options within each of them. 4) C.E.90. To understand and apply organisational variables according to the types of competition and activity, in line with the prevailing trends in sport today: social, technical and economic. 5) C.E.91. To understand and apply the principles of management and promotion of different events: sporting, social and mixed. 6) C.E.92. Understand current legislation and its application in the field of physical activity and sport. 7) C.E.93. To practise and organise physical, sporting and recreational activities, adapting them to different contexts: leisure, recreation, tourism, etc. This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) C.E.11. To manage, supervise and evaluate programmes of recreational physical and sporting activities. 2) C.E.12. Manage a sports organisation, body or facility. 3) C.E.13. Select and know how to use sports materials and equipment appropriate for each type of recreational physical and sporting activity. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess these competences in terms of learning outcomes include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical and practical questions. - Carry out assignments and practical exercises applying the subject matter. - Make appropriate use of ICT and other resources to find information relating to the management of sports facilities. - Planning recreational physical and sporting activities for any population group. Description of the content The course content is organised into seven topics, following a temporal and spatial sequence which we will endeavour to adhere to at all times. It may be necessary to make some adjustments to accommodate the dates of scheduled practical sessions, which complement the classroom lectures and planned assignments. Such dates or changes will always be notified well in advance. Topic 1: Free Time, Leisure and Recreation. Topic 2: Play and Recreational Sport. Topic 3: Teaching Styles Applied to the Field of Recreation. Topic 4: Designing activities and experiences for active leisure. Topic 5: The ‘Alternative Sports’ model Topic 6: Professional fields within recreation. Topic 7: Municipalisation of Sport. The content will be adapted according to the group’s needs and the progression of the teaching-learning process. Training Activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the management and organisation of physical, sporting and recreational activities (15 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the fields of sports management and planning, sports legislation, and sport and recreation (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 5) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (45 hours). 6) Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment. In this case, the examination to be held during the official examination period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. In this module, particular emphasis will be placed on the continuous assessment process, in which we expect the student to take the lead, and for their work, attitude and participation to be the investment that yields the expected and satisfactory results. The highly practical content and the large number of hours devoted to practical experience and the experiential development of the course material will require a commitment from both students and teaching staff, which must result in the achievement of the set objectives in an active and meaningful way, in a manner that is enduring and useful for our students’ future professional development. The assessment of these processes is described in percentage and numerical terms as follows: Continuous assessment Continuous assessment for this module is structured around three components, in accordance with the standard regulations for the Bachelor’s degree programme: 1. Final knowledge assessments (50%) - A written examination will be held at the end of the teaching period to assess the theoretical knowledge acquired throughout the course. - A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 must be obtained in order for this to be included in the overall average with the other sections. 2. Practical activities (40%) This section covers the applied activities that students will undertake throughout the academic year. Assessment will focus on commitment, attitude, active participation and the quality of the work produced. Assessable evidence includes: - Preparation and delivery of a teaching session (20 per cent): Group work involving the submission of a guidance sheet and a practical presentation in class. - Design and presentation of a recreational and sporting event (20%): Group work involving monitoring of the process and a final presentation to an assessment panel. 3. Portfolio (10%) The portfolio will document the student’s learning process through the compilation of meaningful evidence. Critical reflection, personal progression and the ability to self-assess will be assessed. It will include: - Results of assessment tests using Kahoot (10%): Short, regular assessments prior to sessions, together with specific independent reading activities using the flipped classroom methodology. Note: Failure to attend more than 30 per cent of the teaching activities requiring physical attendance will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment. In this case, the student must opt for non-continuous assessment. Non-continuous (final) assessment Students who do not undertake continuous assessment must sit a final theoretical and practical examination, which will account for 100% of the mark. This examination will take place during the official examination period set by the University. Breakdown of the final examination: • Theoretical section: 60% • Practical part: 40% It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330515 | Psychology of Physical Activity and Sport | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Psychology of Physical Activity and SportCódigo: 0330515 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To understand the most important aspects of PAFD: its history, conceptualisation, usefulness and areas of application. • To master and assess all the psychological variables in sports psychology: motivation (activation, stress and anxiety); personality and self-confidence; attention and concentration; leadership, team cohesion and communication. • To know how to apply the main psychological intervention strategies, and to learn about other areas of application of the PAFD: eating disorders, injuries, disability, burnout and retirement from sport. Description of the course content Course Syllabus • Unit 1. Origins and history of the Psychology of Physical Activity and Sport (PAFD). • Unit 2. Psychology of Physical Activity and Sport: concept, utility and aims. • Unit 3. Areas of application of PAFD. • Unit 4. Motivation: the ‘driving force’ in sport. • Unit 5. Arousal, stress and anxiety. • Unit 6. Personality and self-confidence. • Unit 7. Attention and concentration. • Unit 8. Leadership, communication and team cohesion. • Unit 9. Psychological strategies for intervention in the PAFD. • Unit 10. Other areas of application: eating disorders, injuries, burnout and retirement from sport. Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the course will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (78 hours). Assessment system and criteria Continuous assessment • A minimum attendance rate of 70 per cent of all practical and theoretical sessions is compulsory. • An excused absence does not count as attendance. • Students must achieve a mark of at least 5 in each part of the module. • Students may not enter the classroom more than 15 minutes after the start of the session. Doing so will be treated as a marked absence. Below is a summary table showing the assessment activities corresponding to each specific learning outcome, the assessment methods to be used, and the percentage of the overall mark allocated to each activity: • Final knowledge assessments (50%). • Practical activities (30%). • Portfolio (10%). Final assessment The alternative to continuous assessment is the final assessment. Students must achieve a mark of at least 5 in each part of the module. The following table summarises the assessment components: • Final knowledge assessments (60%). • Practical activities (40%). Bibliography Core: 1. Beauchamp, M.R. and Eys, M.A. Group Dynamics in Exercise and Sport Psychology Paidotribo. 2017. ISBN: 978-84-9910-5 2. Olmedilla, A., Abenza, L., Boladeras, A. and Ortín, F.J. Handbook of the Psychology of Physical Activity and Sport Murcia: Diego Marín. 2012. ISBN: 978-84-8425-9 3. Weinberg, R. S. and Weinberg, R. S. Fundamentals of Sport and Exercise Psychology 4th ed. Médica Panamericana. 2012. ISBN: 9788498352078 Supplementary: 4.- Beauchamp, M.R. and Eys, M.A. Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology Human Kinetics. 2015. ISBN: 9780736064675 5. Goleman, D. Leadership: The Power of Emotional Intelligence Novoprint. 2018. ISBN: 9788490194324 6. Moran, A. and Toner, J. Sports Psychology Manual Moderno. 2018. ISBN: 9786074486919 7. Rotella, B. How Champions Think, in Sport and in Life Tutor Editions. 2017. ISBN: 9788416676224 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0330516 | Sports legislation | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sports legislationCódigo: 0330516 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide effective training in current legislation relating to physical activity and sport. National and international sports organisations. This module aims to equip students with the basic knowledge and tools regarding the Spanish legal framework as it relates to the work of professionals in physical activity and sport. An overview of the various existing legal institutions will be provided, taking into account both their territorial scope and their legal nature (public and private). This module will cover content relating primarily to administrative law, and the different powers of legal institutions in the public and private sectors, as well as an understanding of the legal structure of the law. Furthermore, students will be introduced to basic legislative concepts and their hierarchy, ranging from the Constitution and Organic Laws to Ministerial Orders, Regulations and Statutes. Sports regulation at international, national, regional and local levels, covering both public and private sports organisations Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Learning Outcomes The main competences related to the subjects covered in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) C.E.87. To be familiar with the most recent concepts and techniques relating to the management of organisations, with particular emphasis on those applicable to sports organisations. 2) C.E.88. To understand and apply a strategic management methodology that can be applied to sports organisations. 3) C.E.89. To have a thorough understanding of the basic types of facilities where students carry out their work activities, in order to subsequently analyse their needs and resource options in each of them. 4) C.E.90. To understand and apply organisational variables according to the types of competition and activity, in line with the prevailing trends in sport today: social, technical and economic. 5) C.E.91. Understand and apply the principles of managing and promoting different events: sporting, social and mixed. 6) Learning Outcome 92. To understand current legislation and its application in the field of physical activity and sport. This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) C.E.11. To manage, supervise and evaluate programmes of recreational physical and sporting activities. 2) C.E.12. Manage a sports organisation, body or facility. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess the competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical and practical questions. - Carry out assignments and practical work applying the subject matter. - Carrying out and analysing a market study. - Planning a project to set up a sports business. - Knowledge of the various strategies for sports management and marketing. - Make appropriate use of ICT and other resources to find information relating to the management of sports resources. - Manage, administer and oversee the technical direction of various sports organisations. - Understanding and applying the principles of sports facility maintenance. Description of the content THEORETICAL MODULE Topic 1. Introduction to the structure of the national and regional sports system. Topic 2. Powers of public authorities in the field of sport. Topic 3. Powers and legislation relating to doping. National and international. Topic 4. Sports organisations and associations. SAD. Topic 5. Sports federations. Topic 6. International sports organisations. Topic 7. Sport Discipline. Regulations. TAD Topic 8. CAS Topic 9. Elite sport. Regulations and operation. Topic 10. Competencies of graduates with a Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. Topic 11. Labour Relations. Topic 12. Entry into the civil service. Employment with the public administration. Topic 13. Introduction to professional responsibility. Topic 14. Working with minors. Topic 15. Responsibilities of those involved in the athlete’s environment. PRACTICAL MODULE 1. Comparison of the Spanish structure with that of neighbouring countries. 2. Research and comparison of regional competences. 3. Analysis of the World Anti-Doping Code. How to apply for and obtain therapeutic use exemptions. 4. Setting up a basic or entry-level sports club? 5. Transforming a club into a SAD. Steps to follow. 6. Structure of international federations, comparison with national federations. 7. How to conduct disciplinary proceedings 8. CAS rulings. Dispute resolution – arbitration – TEAD. 9. Understanding ADO. What it is and how it works 10. Learning to distinguish between one’s own remit and that of other professionals in the field of physical activity. Unauthorised practice. 11. Distinguishing between civil and employment service contracts. Understanding the differences and similarities, and detecting legal fraud. 12. How to create jobs. Trade and self-employment. 13. Understanding the legal frameworks governing professional, civil, criminal, administrative and employment liability. 14. Criminal and administrative liability. 15. Criminal, administrative and professional disciplinary consequences. Understanding and analysing these. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the management and organisation of physical, sporting and recreational activities (30 hours). 2) Seminars, workshops and assignments (15 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (60 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- 1-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT This applies to students who attend classes and meet the required attendance percentage in accordance with Faculty regulations. It consists of the following components: -Final knowledge assessments 60% (based on the syllabus covered during the course) -Portfolio: 40%, It will be essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical component in order to calculate the average with the theoretical component. It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the theoretical component in order for it to be averaged with the practical component. 2-NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT (final): For those students who do not meet the minimum attendance requirement (70%) 100 per cent of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical examination, with the following breakdown: -Theoretical part: 60% (based on the syllabus covered during the course) -Practical part: 40% (based on the practical work carried out during the course) It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the theoretical part in order for it to be averaged with the practical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0330517 | Injury prevention and first aid | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Injury prevention and first aidCódigo: 0330517 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives - To understand the scope and limitations of a coach’s responsibility when providing first aid to an injured athlete. - To learn the basic techniques of cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). - To learn how to draw up an emergency action plan for the evacuation of an injured person. - To understand the most serious emergencies that may arise in a sporting context. - To learn how to put together a first-aid kit. - To understand basic functional assessments to prevent injuries - Learn how to administer first aid in the emergency treatment of some of the most common traumatic injuries in sport. - To identify and eliminate risk factors that predispose athletes to injury and which can be modified through appropriate training planning and periodisation. - To understand proprioceptive training for injury prevention. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set. Competencies C.E.24. To understand the most common injuries and traumas in different sports and during physical activity, as well as how to prevent them. C.E.25. Understand the procedures to follow in the event of a sports-related accident. Learning Outcome 26. Be familiar with the minimum contents of a first-aid kit and the instructions for use of the substances and medicines it contains. Learning Outcome 27. Recognise high-risk situations and know how to respond during the acute phase of a sports injury. C.E.28. Identify the health risks arising from the practice of inappropriate physical activities amongst people who engage in health-oriented physical activity. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carry out assignments applying the concepts covered in class. - Applying what is covered in class at a theoretical level to real-life situations through practical scenarios. - Independently explore any topic through research and personal study. - Make appropriate use of ICT. Description of the content BLOCK I: EMERGENCIES & FIRST AID IN SPORT - TOPIC 1: Introduction to first aid -TOPIC 2: Basic Life Support. -TOPIC 3: Advanced Life Support (Use of an AED) -TOPIC 4: Traumatic wounds -TOPIC 5: First aid for traumatic injuries -TOPIC 6: Sports injuries. -TOPIC 7: Mobilisation and immobilisation of these injuries BLOCK II: Functional assessments. Topic 8: The injury process. Characteristics and stages TOPIC 9: Main tests (Deep Squat, Hurdle Step, In-Line Lunge) TOPIC 10: Secondary tests (Shoulder Mobility, Active Straight, Trunk Stability, Rotational Stability). Topic 11: Proprioception. Topic 12: Eccentric training. Topic 15: Injury prevention in team sports. Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: • Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor function: biological, mechanical, behavioural, social and scientific (15 hours). • Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). • Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). • Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work, both individually and in groups, etc. (70 hours). • Oral, written and practical assessments (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the various learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed learning outcomes has been achieved: With regard to continuous assessment: This applies to students who attend classes and meet the required attendance rate. It is structured around the following sections: 1. Final knowledge assessments (60%) 2. Practical activities (20%) 3. Portfolio (20%). With regard to the non-continuous (final) assessment: 100 per cent of the final mark is based on a theoretical and practical assessment, broken down as follows: It is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical component in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical component. Theoretical section: 60% Practical part: 40% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Ben Kibler W ACSM Sports Medicine Paidotribo. 1998. ISBN: 9788480193412 2.- Sherry E. The Oxford Handbook of Sports Medicine Paidotribo. 2002. ISBN: 9788499100197 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year 4
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0430510 | Functional assessment of physical and sporting performance | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Functional assessment of physical and sporting performanceCódigo: 0430510 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The learning outcomes for this module are: 1. To outline the methodological foundations of measurement and assessment. 2. To explain the benefits, limitations and interpretation of the main functional assessment tests used in the fields of health and sport. 3. To learn how to apply and interpret the main tests used in the functional and technical-tactical assessment of physical and sporting performance. 4. To carry out practical functional assessments of those abilities that can be evaluated through testing (e.g. strength, endurance, speed, etc.). 5. To learn how to draw conclusions, based on test results, regarding an individual’s state of health and/or physical fitness. 6. To learn how to apply test results to exercise prescription and personalised training planning, as well as to predicting potential competition outcomes. 7. To learn to critically analyse articles in the scientific literature dealing with different aspects of exercise physiology and the functional assessment of physical and sporting performance. 8. To learn the methodological foundations for designing research protocols applied to sports science. Description of the course content DESCRIPTION OF CONTENT THEORETICAL CONTENT • Topic 1. Objectives of Physical Performance Assessment. • Topic 2. Fundamentals of Measurement and Assessment. • Topic 3. Assessment of Jumping Ability. • Topic 4. Assessment and Monitoring of Strength. • Topic 5. Assessment and Monitoring of Endurance. • Topic 6. Assessment of Body Composition. • Topic 7. Speed Assessment. PRACTICAL CONTENT The practical modules to be undertaken are: - Module 1. Assessment of Jumping Ability. The following tests will be covered: o CMJ. o SJ. o Abalakov. - Module 2. Assessment and monitoring of strength, power and movement speed. o Progressive load tests (bench press and squat). o Maximum repetitions test at a relative intensity (bench press and squat). - Block 3. Assessment of Endurance Performance. The following practical exercises will be carried out within this block: o Determination of ventilatory thresholds and maximum oxygen consumption. o Determination of the lactate threshold. o Determination of maximum steady-state lactate concentration o Determination of anaerobic power: Wingate test. o Calculation of Functional Threshold Power (FTP). o Heart Rate Variability. - Module 4. Body Composition Assessment. TRAINING ACTIVITIES - Lectures. - Practical sessions (facilities, laboratory, etc.). - Individual and group tutorials. - Independent study. - Written and practical assessments. Learning activities The learning activities that students will undertake throughout the module are as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). - Assessment (7 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (76 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. Students assessed through continuous assessment (a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 must be obtained in each section to pass the module): - Final knowledge tests (50 per cent): these tests will consist of multiple-choice questions and/or short-answer or essay questions, as well as possible practical scenarios based on the content covered. - Practical activities (30 per cent): Within this section, students’ participation in classes will be assessed based on the activities carried out during those sessions, whether they are TRAB or LB sessions. These activities may include practical scenarios, group projects or proposals designed to ensure students have properly assimilated the methodology for assessing the subjects. - Portfolio (20%): this portfolio will be a document containing a record of all the theoretical and practical sessions undertaken, which will serve as a guide to the correct completion of the various assessments. Students not subject to continuous assessment – that is, those with an exemption, an attendance rate of less than 70 per cent, or who do not submit the portfolio (it will be an essential requirement to obtain a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical component in order to have this averaged with the theoretical component): - Theoretical component (60 per cent): this assessment will consist of multiple-choice questions and/or short-answer or essay-style questions to be answered by the student. - Practical component (40 per cent): this assessment will consist of practical scenarios that apply, in a practical manner, all the content covered in the module. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430511 | Master’s in Sport | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Master’s in SportCódigo: 0430511 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To understand, develop and be able to apply the procedures, strategies, activities, resources, techniques and methods involved in the teaching-learning process efficiently, carrying out the entire course of action across all areas of professional practice in physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport). • To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To identify, communicate and apply scientific anatomical, physiological and biomechanical criteria at an advanced level of proficiency in the design, development and technical-scientific evaluation of appropriate procedures, strategies, actions, activities and guidelines; to prevent, minimise and/or avoid health risks associated with the practice of physical activity and sport across all population groups. • Design and implement, with fluency, ease, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, to facilitate the processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of being able to solve unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the analysis, design and evaluation of tests for assessing and monitoring physical fitness and physical and sporting performance. • Demonstrate an advanced level of competence in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of physical and sports training programmes. • To articulate and apply, with rigour and a scientific approach, the rationale upon which to consistently and professionally develop, support, substantiate and justify all actions, decisions, processes, procedures, interventions, activities, tasks, conclusions, reports and professional performance. • To understand and be able to apply ethical and deontological principles and those of social justice in professional conduct and engagement, as well as to maintain habits of scientific and professional rigour and a consistent attitude of service to the public in the exercise of their professional practice, with the aim of achieving improvement, excellence, quality and efficiency. • Understand, develop and be able to apply the ethical and professional standards, structural and organisational frameworks, professional performance requirements and regulations governing the professional practice of graduates in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, across any professional sector within physical activity and sport (formal and informal physical and sporting education; physical and sports training; physical exercise for health; management of physical activity and sport); as well as being able to carry out multidisciplinary work • To understand, explain and promote the roles, responsibilities and importance of a competent graduate in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences, as well as to analyse, understand, identify and reflect critically and independently on their professional identity, training and performance in order to achieve the aims and benefits of physical activity and sport in an appropriate, safely, healthily and efficiently in all physical and sports services offered and provided, and in any professional sector within physical activity and sport. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Course content • Advanced General Principles • History, Terminology and Advanced General Aspects • Interpretation and application of the Laws of the Game • General and specific dynamic coordination. Specific skills and abilities. • Advanced sport technique and tactics. • Regulations Training Activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts relating to the fundamentals of human motor skills: sport, games, dance, physical expression, etc. (30 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (7 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (77 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessments (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- For each sport, the general assessment criteria shall be as follows: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: To be eligible for this type of assessment, attendance at theoretical and practical classes must be at least 70 per cent, on the understanding that attendance is compulsory and essential for the best possible learning of the course content. Final knowledge assessments (50%) - Written examinations covering the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. Practical activities (50%) - Assessments that follow the learning process and evaluate the skills the student acquires as they progress. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: - A final examination covering both the practical and theoretical content of the module. This examination will account for 100% of the final mark. Similarly, this exam will comprise a theoretical section, worth 60 per cent of the total mark, and a practical section, worth 40 per cent of the total mark. Furthermore, students must pass the practical section in order to pass the module. This non-continuous assessment method will take place solely and exclusively on official examination dates, whether ordinary or supplementary. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430512 | Sports planning and management | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sports planning and managementCódigo: 0430512 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To develop a sufficient understanding of how sports organisations are managed: their composition, structure, hierarchy, programme development and planning. 2. To familiarise oneself with the key aspects of the management and administration of sports facilities. 3. To learn how to lead and manage sports organisations 4. To facilitate the development of medium-scale marketing campaigns 5. Make sound decisions that affect a sports organisation as a whole 6. To improve the capabilities and financial performance of a sports organisation 7. Develop a sports business model as a manager. Course content Theory: Management, strategic planning, business organisation, budgeting, strategic thinking, new management models, teamwork, leadership, quality and excellence, analysis, etc. Practical: 1. Development of the main project, presented and explained in class. Annual timetable. 2. Supplementary assignments listed and outlined in the timetable, to be carried out during the course Learning activities The learning activities to be undertaken by the student throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (30 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (8 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (61 hours). Assessment system and criteria The final mark for the module will be out of 10, and may be obtained through continuous assessment throughout the course or by sitting a non-continuous assessment. The assessment process for the Sports Planning and Management module is as follows: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Final knowledge assessments (50%) • THEORETICAL EXAMS. There will be two theoretical exams. These exams will account for 50 per cent of the final mark. Students must achieve a minimum mark of 5 in each exam to pass that section of the course. Otherwise, the section will be carried over to the next exam. Students must achieve a minimum mark of 5 in this section to pass the module; otherwise, the module will be marked as failed. Portfolio (50%) • The presentation, development and display of practical work will be divided into sections. 1. Practical assignment Q1 = 15% 2. Practical assignment Q2 REAL PROJECT = 15% • During the theory classes, internal assignments related to the syllabus we are covering are set each week. Completion of these micro-assignments and correct presentation throughout the course (20%) NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students who do not meet the attendance requirements may be assessed via the non-continuous assessment mechanism, which will be processed as follows. • Exam in June comprising: 1. Theory section – 60% 2. Practical component – 40% It is an ESSENTIAL requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical component. SPECIAL ASSESSMENT Students who need to sit this stage will be assessed as follows. 1. Those who meet the attendance and continuous assessment requirements will sit a theory exam covering the part they have failed. This will then be combined with the rest of the course for a final mark. 2. Students who do not meet the requirements for continuous assessment will be examined in exactly the same way as in the non-continuous assessment. Appendix 1. Acosta Hernández, R. Leadership, Management and Administration of Sports Organisations. Paidotribo. 1999 2. Rodríguez Romo, G; Mestre Sancho, J.A. The Sports Manager and Sports Facilities. Inde. 2007. 3. Cepeda Camión, G.A.; Martelo Landroguez, S. Administration and Management of Sports Organisations. Pirámide. 2018. 4. Díaz Morán, J. Management of Sports Facilities. IC Editorial. 2021. 5. Quesada Rettschlag, S; Díez García, M.D. Management of sports centres. Key roles and skills of the sports director. Paidotribo. 2012 6. Dorado Suárez, A. Management Strategies for Achieving Excellence. Circulo de gestores. 2005 7. Gallardo Guerrero, L. Handbook of Sports Facility Management. New Challenges for the Future. Circulo de gestores. 2005 8. Sánchez Buján, P. Towards quality management in sports centres. Gymnos. 2004 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430517 | External academic placements | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
External academic placementsCódigo: 0430517 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To verify the specific knowledge acquired and set out in the degree programme’s learning outcomes, in real-life situations during external placements. • To apply the specific knowledge acquired in the different professional profiles (Sports Coaching, Physical Education Teaching, Sports Management and Recreation, Physical Activity and Quality of Life) in a professional capacity through external placements. • The ability to analyse and synthesise the work carried out, as well as the ability to communicate through the presentation of written professional reports and presenting them orally. • Skills relating to information management. • Ability to offer constructive criticism and analysis. • Motivation for high-quality work and professional development. • Ability to learn independently and to self-assess. • Ethical and personal commitment and engagement. Description of the content The content of the external work placements to be undertaken by students will be based on work experience at a centre related to the training of any of the professional development profiles associated with Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. These organisations have a direct link with the University through an agreement which expressly sets out the external placement activities to be carried out at that organisation. The chosen topic will be finalised before the student’s placement begins. Internship selection criteria The selection of the placement organisation will be carried out in two ways: • A proposal from the University based on existing agreements with companies, clubs, educational institutions and other organisations related to the professional field of the degree programme. • A proposal by a student for a centre that meets the criteria relating to the degree programme’s professional development pathways, subject to the signing of a new work placement agreement and provided that a professional in the field of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences is present to supervise the student during their external academic work placement. Should several students apply to the same organisation, and the number of places be limited, selection will be based on the average mark achieved to date. Before allocating the placement organisation, a brief personal interview will also be conducted with the student. Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by the student throughout the module will be as follows: - Placement at the host organisation (240 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Student’s independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (55 hours). Assessment system and criteria Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the various competences. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed competences has been acquired: a) Report from the external work placement supervisor: Assessment by the company supervisor (external) regarding the work carried out at the external organisation: punctuality, commitment, work ethic, relationships with colleagues, relationships with superiors, level of engagement, etc. 50% b) Report from the academic supervisor of the external academic placement: Assessment by the academic supervisor, broken down into two sections. • Assessment of the final report submitted, organisational skills and the level of maturity demonstrated throughout the process of monitoring the student during the placement. 40% • Complementary training activities offered as part of this module, as well as written, practical and oral examinations. 10% The placement report is intended to be a document that reflects the knowledge acquired, the practical experiences gained, the reflection and the conclusions drawn from the professional placement. It shall include the following sections: 1. Introduction 2. Description and analysis of the organisation and its structure 3. Description and analysis of the project or programme within which the student’s professional activities are carried out. 4. Description of the tasks carried out, in the form of a diary. 5. Analysis and assessment of the activities carried out 6. Personal contributions 7. Conclusions (these will include an overall assessment of the external academic placement) 8. Appendices 9. Bibliography |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0430514 | Choreographed activities and fitness training set to music | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Choreographed activities and fitness training set to musicCódigo: 0430514 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ proposals for verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. Accordingly, the following objectives are set out: • To communicate and interact appropriately and efficiently in the fields of physical activity and sport, across a range of intervention contexts, demonstrating teaching skills in a conscious, natural and sustained manner. • To adapt educational intervention to the individual characteristics and needs of the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: schoolchildren, older people (the elderly), people with reduced mobility, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), whilst taking gender and diversity into account. • Be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different fields, contexts and types of activities for the entire population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (senior citizens), schoolchildren, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking into account gender and diversity. • To design and implement, with fluency, naturalness, awareness and consistency, physical exercise and physical conditioning programmes that are appropriate, efficient, systematic, varied and based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of resolving unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the analysis, design and evaluation of tests for assessing and monitoring physical fitness and physical and sporting performance. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES OF THE MODULE: For students to acquire the ability to: • Select the most appropriate music for different choreographic compositions suitable for use in group fitness programmes with musical accompaniment, identifying their structural elements and potential applications. • Identify the rhythmic parameters (tempo, accent, metre) that enable the execution and cadence of specific choreographic patterns to be adapted to music of various styles. • When faced with specific musical compositions, analyse their potential for application in aerobics and related activities. • Design choreographies and choreographic sequences typical of group fitness with musical accompaniment, for use in group fitness programmes with musical accompaniment. Description of the content CONTENT PROGRAMME TOPIC 1: FITNESS. 1.1 Trends in fitness. 1.2 Leading organisations in the fitness sector. TOPIC 2: SPECIALISED GROUP ACTIVITIES WITH MUSICAL ACCOMPANIMENT. 2.1 Characteristics of group activities set to music: 2.1.1 Indoor cycling. Introduction and basics. 2.1.2 Aerobics. 2.1.3 Step aerobics. 2.1.4 Aerobox. 2.2 Profile of the sports coach specialising in these types of activities. 2.3 Communication techniques. 2.4 Criteria for selecting sportswear. TOPIC 3: MUSICAL ACCOMPANIMENT. 3.1 Musical composition. 3.2 Tempo of the music. 3.3 Music planning. 3.4 Software for music editing and audio mixing. TOPIC 4: CHOREOGRAPHY DESIGN. 4.1 Choreography Composition. Types. Choreography notation systems. 4.2 Specific methodology for teaching choreography. 4.3 Structure of group activity sessions with music. TOPIC 5: LEADING SPECIALISED GROUP ACTIVITY SESSIONS WITH MUSICAL ACCOMPANIMENT. 5.1 Specific techniques and potentially injurious movements. 5.2 Parameters and basic rules for safe use. Safety regulations for step and aerobics. Appropriate technique for step training. TOPIC 6: OTHER DISCIPLINES. 6.1 Unstable surfaces. 6.2 TRX. 6.3 Resistance bands. Training activities 1. Lectures (SESSIONS) on concepts relating to sports training, as well as those relating to the technical and tactical aspects applied to sports training (15 hours). 2. Practical classes (LB) in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of sports training and the functional assessment of physical performance (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (79 hours). 5. Oral, written and practical assessment tests (6 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Continuous assessment is the most recommended method for evaluating each student’s learning process: Final knowledge assessments (50 per cent): - 50% of the Continuous Assessment mark. - It will cover all the theoretical content covered in the lectures and practical sessions. - This will be assessed via a face-to-face theory exam. - The exam will consist of multiple-choice questions and open-ended questions. Practical activities (50%): - 50% of the Continuous Assessment mark: 20% Creation and presentation of a group choreography, delivered in person and submitted in writing via the campus platform. The final laboratory session will be assessed. 30% Teaching two sessions to their classmates. Students must work in pairs and/or individually. This will be assessed in person and in writing via the campus platform. NOTE 1: A minimum attendance rate of 70% is required to be eligible for continuous assessment. Any student who does not meet this first requirement must sit the examination in the ordinary January sitting. NOTE 2: The final mark must be 5 out of 10 or higher in each section; otherwise, the student must sit the examination during the ordinary January examination session for the failed section. NOTE 3: For choreography activities, the theoretical component, the practical component and the practical case study (class dictation) must all be passed with a mark of 5 or above. If a student fails any of these components, no average will be calculated and they must sit the exam in the REGULAR examination session. NOTE 4: Students who have passed the continuous assessment but have not passed the theory exam may sit only that exam in the REGULAR EXAM SESSION; the practical component will be retained as part of their continuous assessment. Otherwise, they must follow the regulations for the Ordinary and Extraordinary examination sessions (as explained in the table below). NOTE 5: In the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION, no marks are carried over and students must sit all parts (practical and theoretical) without exception, as explained below. NOTE 6: In the event of injury, a medical certificate must be submitted to justify non-participation in the practical part of the session. An injured student is not exempt from attending classes, unless exceptionally so on the express advice of a doctor. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Students who forfeit their right to, or choose to opt out of, continuous assessment must sit the Ordinary examination in JANUARY and/or the Extraordinary examination in JULY, as a non-continuous assessment. The mark will be based on a single final theoretical and practical examination held during that examination period: Theoretical Part (60%): 60% of the final mark. - This involves a test of theoretical knowledge. - It will be assessed via a face-to-face theoretical examination. - The exam consists of two parts: an essay section and a multiple-choice section. Practical Part (40%): 40% of the final mark. - This involves the presentation of an individual choreography based on the topics covered in class and the presentation of a practical case study. NOTE 1: The final mark for the module will be the sum of the marks obtained in the theoretical, practical and supplementary components, provided that each of these has been passed with 5 or more marks out of 10. Addendum CONTEXT OF THE COURSE: Among the services available at clubs and fitness and health centres are the so-called ‘GUIDED ACTIVITIES’, which are characterised by being carried out in a group setting, with an instructor or coach leading the activity. They form a fundamental part of the services offered by these establishments for various reasons; amongst them, the fact that the activity takes place in a group creates a distinctive atmosphere that undoubtedly reinforces the social values of exercise, increasing motivation and, consequently, adherence to the practice. Thus, Group Fitness is also understood as a specific response to the needs of the people for whom it is intended. Group classes cater to a large number of clients with little time available for physical training, who, for various reasons, choose to train in a group. For this reason, a specific professional profile is required: an instructor who teaches and educates, who delivers a variety of classes that complement one another, and who can organise training sessions and motivate clients to achieve their desired results. Indeed, in the module in question, our primary aim is to build a solid, broad and diverse foundation of specific movement experiences that contributes to the training of both the instructor and the participants, with a thorough mastery of the fundamentals, methodology, technique and possibilities for future application in both formal and non-formal settings. The approach of this module encompasses both theoretical and practical content. The former provide the framework upon which the practical content is based. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430515 | An Introduction to Research in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
An Introduction to Research in Physical Activity and Sport SciencesCódigo: 0430515 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Objectives The objectives of the degree programme are aligned with the competences/learning outcomes set out in the Resolution of 18 September 2018 of the General Secretariat for Universities, publishing the Agreement of the Council of Universities of 17 September 2018, which sets out recommendations for universities’ submission of verification reports for the official Bachelor’s degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. In this regard, the following objectives are set out: • To design and implement the methodological process comprising observation, reflection, analysis, diagnosis, implementation, technical and scientific evaluation and/or dissemination in different contexts and across all sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport. • To coordinate and implement the provision of advice, certification and technical-scientific evaluation of physical and sporting activities and resources across all physical activity and sport services, contexts, settings and sectors of professional practice in physical activity and sport, as well as in the design and preparation of technical reports across all physical activity and sport services. • To be familiar with and understand the fundamentals of scientific research methodology. • To analyse, review and assess the impact and effectiveness of research methods, techniques and resources, as well as scientific working methodology, in solving problems that require the use of creative and innovative ideas. Course learning outcomes 1. To be familiar with and know how to use the essential theoretical tools that enable students to understand sport as a social and cultural phenomenon and, as such, one that is constantly evolving and interacting with other systems within the social structure (education, politics, the economy, the media, etc.) 2. To gain an introduction to research methodology in the sciences of physical activity and sport. Degree-level learning outcomes 1. To be familiar with and understand the subject matter of the Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. 2. To acquire basic scientific training applied to physical activity and sport in their various forms. 3. To understand the scientific literature in the field of physical activity and sport in English and in other languages of significant use in the scientific community. 4. Be able to apply information and communication technologies (ICT) to the field of Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. 5. To develop skills for adapting to new situations, problem-solving and independent learning. 6. To develop a commitment to excellence and quality in professional practice. Learning outcomes The elements that may be used to assess competences in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carry out assignments applying the concepts covered in class. - Independently explore any topic through research and personal study. - Making appropriate use of ICT. Description of the content Topic 1: The scientific approach Topic 2: Science in Physical Activity and Sport Topic 3: Literature review Topic 4: The different parts of a research study Topic 5: Formulating the research question Topic 6: Types of quantitative studies: Descriptive, cross-sectional and ecological Topic 7: Types of quantitative studies II: Cohort studies Topic 8: Types of quantitative studies III: Case-control studies Topic 9: Other types of quantitative studies: Clinical and quasi-experimental trials Topic 10: Qualitative and mixed-methods studies in research Topic 11: Systematic reviews and meta-analyses Topic 12: Population, sample size, sampling strategies and group formation. Topic 13: Variables and Measurements Topic 14: Ethics in scientific research Topic 15: Writing and presenting a research paper Learning Activities The learning activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The final mark for the module will be out of 10, and may be obtained either through continuous assessment throughout the course or by sitting the non-continuous assessment: a) CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: This consists of various components: Final knowledge tests (50%) - Final exam (50%). The exam, covering both theoretical and practical content, may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay questions, or case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction depending on the number of options in the question. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. Portfolio (50%) - Practical work log (25 per cent). This practical work log must be completed during practical classes. It will cover all the practical work carried out in class, which will be compiled over time. Students must individually submit a log for marking. Each student must therefore compile their portfolio solely from the practical work carried out in class or as specified by the tutor throughout the course. - Presentation and defence of an experimental proposal 25%: Students, either individually or in groups, will draw up an experimental proposal related to a topic covered in the course. They will then give an oral presentation in which they will outline their experimental design and answer questions from the audience and the lecturer, justifying their methodological decisions. b) NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Should students opt for the final assessment or forfeit their right to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMS IN JANUARY OR JULY. Final assessments (100%) - Final exam 100%. The exam, covering both theoretical and practical content, may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay-style questions, or case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be awarded marks, whilst incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of options in the question. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. - The theoretical section will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. - The practical section will account for 40 per cent of the final mark. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical section. CLASS ATTENDANCE. THE RIGHT TO CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT WILL BE FORFEITED if attendance falls below 70 per cent Addendum Bibliography Core: 1. Marcos Gutiérrez Dávila and Antonio Oña Sicilia, Methodology in Sports Sciences: Synthesis, ISSN: 978-84-9756-3 Supplementary: 2. Almudena Sánchez Villegas, Francisco Javier Faulín Fajardo and Miguel Ángel Martínez González Biostatistics Made Easy: Díaz de Santos ISSN: 84-7978-791-0 3.- Benito Peinado, Pedro José; Díaz Molina, Víctor; Calderón Montero, Francisco Javier; Peinado Lozano, Ana Belén; Martín Caro, Carlos; Álvarez Sánchez, María; Pérez Tejero, Javier Systematic Literature Review in Exercise Physiology: Practical Recommendations: International Journal of Sports Sciences, 6 (3), 1–11. ISSN: 1885-3137 4.- Josep Maria Argimon Pallàs and Josep Jiménez Villa Clinical and epidemiological research methods: Elsevier ISBN: 9788491136002 5. Miguel Delgado Rodríguez, Josep Maria Doménech i Massons, Roser Granero Fundamentals of Design and Statistics, Unit 7: Scientific Research: Signo ISSN: 978-84-8049-6 Bibliography Basic: 1. Marcos Gutiérrez Dávila and Antonio Oña Sicilia Methodology in Sports Sciences Synthesis. 2007. ISBN: 978-84-9756-3 Supplementary: 2.- Almudena Sánchez Villegas, Francisco Javier Faulín Fajardo and Miguel Ángel Martínez González Biostatistics Made Easy Díaz de Santos. 2006. ISBN: 84-7978-791-0 3.- Benito Peinado, Pedro José; Díaz Molina, Víctor; Calderón Montero, Francisco Javier; Peinado Lozano, Ana Belén; Martín Caro, Carlos; Álvarez Sánchez, María; Pérez Tejero, Javier Systematic Literature Review in Exercise Physiology: Practical Recommendations International Journal of Sports Sciences, 6 (3), 1–11. 2007. ISBN: 1885-3137 4.- Josep Maria Argimon Pallàs and Josep Jiménez Villa Clinical and epidemiological research methods Elsevier. 2004. ISBN: 9788491136002 5. Miguel Delgado Rodríguez, Josep Maria Doménech i Massons, Roser Granero Fundamentals of Design and Statistics Unit 7: Scientific Research Signo. 2015. ISBN: 978-84-8049-6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0430516 | Final-Year Project | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Final-Year ProjectCódigo: 0430516 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives of the Final Year Project are: - To manage, supervise and evaluate programmes of recreational physical and sporting activities. - To manage a sports organisation, body or facility. - To select and know how to use sports materials and equipment appropriate for each type of recreational physical and sporting activity. - To assess physical fitness and prescribe health-oriented physical exercises. - To promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst the adult population, older people and people with disabilities. - Identify the health risks arising from the practice of inappropriate physical activities amongst people engaging in health-oriented physical activity. - To plan, develop and monitor the training process at its various levels. - Apply physiological, biomechanical and behavioural principles when supervising sports training. - To design, develop and evaluate teaching and learning processes relating to physical activity and sport, taking into account the individual and contextual characteristics of participants. - To promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst schoolchildren. . Upon completion of the course, the student must present and defend their work before an examination board comprising lecturers from the degree programme. The expected outcomes must demonstrate the student’s competence and acquisition of the general and specific knowledge required for the degree. Prerequisites Students enrolled on this module may not present or defend their Final Year Project until they have passed the remaining compulsory and optional ECTS credits required to complete the degree. Competencies The final-year project must demonstrate that the student has acquired the following competences: - The general skills and competences described in the objectives of this degree programme. - Specific skills relating to academic orientation or professional development, based on each of the established career pathways. Learning Outcomes The elements that may be used to assess these competences in terms of learning outcomes include, amongst others, the following: - Submission of a written report on the Final-Year Project - Defending the dissertation before an academic panel comprising lecturers from the degree programme, presenting it coherently and demonstrating mastery of the concepts and procedures, as well as the attitudes required for its preparation. To assist students with the methodological, documentation and communication aspects of their final-year projects, students will have access to suitable workspaces. This work must be carried out under the appropriate supervision of the teaching staff responsible for the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences. Description of the content The content will be specific and relate to the topic covered by the final project and the specialisation chosen by the student. The Final Year Project will be selected by the student, and the Head of Studies will be responsible for assigning the appropriate tutor-supervisor. The supervisor will be responsible for planning, supervising, monitoring and assigning tasks to the student. This project will be based on the skills acquired in accordance with the chosen career path. It must be designed in such a way that the student’s total commitment corresponds to the 6 ECTS credits allocated to this module. The final project must be supervised by a tutor from the degree programme. Once the final project has been completed, the student must present and defend it before an examination board comprising lecturers from the degree programme. The expected outcomes must demonstrate the student’s competence and acquisition of the general and specific knowledge required for the degree programme. Learning activities The learning activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the intended learning outcomes of the project will be: 1) Individual and group tutorials to introduce the concepts related to the preparation of the dissertation (12 hours). 2) Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature reviews, etc.) (134 hours) 3) Assessment (2 hours). 4) Introductory session and presentation of the Final Year Project (2 hours). Assessment system and criteria ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 1. FINAL YEAR PROJECT REPORT In order to submit the TFG, students must obtain their tutor’s approval based on the following criteria: - Adherence to and completion of the programme (effective use of tutorials) - Content of the Final Year Project document (FYP assessment) The tutor’s mark (0–10 marks) will account for 40% of the final mark. 2. DEFENCE AND PRESENTATION BEFORE THE EXAMINATION BOARD Following the submission of the Final Year Project, students will defend their work before an Examination Board comprising lecturers from the degree programme, of whom at least the chair must hold a PhD. The panel’s mark (0–10 points) will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. Addendum The Final Year Project (TFG) or Master’s Thesis (TFM) must be an unpublished document, for which the student bears full responsibility as the sole author. The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in its preparation is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, the generation of outlines or the search for general information. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and when it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool available on the virtual campus and will be assessed by the tutor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ELECTIVE COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 16 |
| TOTAL: | 16 | ||
List of Elective Modules
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0430542 | Analysis of sporting strategy and tactics | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Analysis of sporting strategy and tacticsCódigo: 0430542 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First term. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1) To understand the difference between tactics and strategy 2) To understand the theoretical concepts inherent in tactics and strategy 3) To analyse game play from a structural perspective (including its components of internal and external logic) and from a functional perspective 4) To analyse and distinguish between individual sports, competitive sports and collaborative-competitive (team) sports 5) To understand the different training methodologies for technique, tactics and strategy according to the different sports 6) Plan a training programme for a specific sport Prerequisites As this is an optional module, it must be chosen by students. Competencies General Competences CG1) To acquire the necessary and specific training for professional practice in the field of physical activity and sport, in accordance with the chosen career path. Specific Competencies CE1) To manage, supervise and evaluate physical activity and sport programmes SE3) Select and know how to use sports materials and equipment appropriate for each type of recreational physical and sporting activity. CE5) Promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst the adult population, older people and people with disabilities. SC7) Plan, develop and monitor the training process at its various levels. CE8) Apply physiological, biomechanical and behavioural principles when managing sports training. CE9) Design, develop and evaluate teaching and learning processes relating to physical activity and sport, taking into account the individual and contextual characteristics of participants. Learning outcomes - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content areas covered by answering theoretical and practical questions. - Carry out assignments and practical work applying the subject matter. - Independently explore any topic through research and personal study. - Be able to apply the principles and models of pedagogical intervention in any educational context. - Make appropriate use of ICT. Course content 1. Conceptualisation and introduction to tactics and strategy. 2. Game play: Structural and functional analysis of game play. 3. Technique, tactics and strategy in different sports. 4. Methodology and training planning in team sports. Training activities 1) Lectures on concepts related to the specific professional specialisation chosen by the student (15 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of the specific vocational specialisation chosen by the student (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus, literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc.) (45 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PORTFOLIO – 20% - Assessment of reports on various practical case studies set for resolution by applying the knowledge acquired in the different modules. Application of knowledge in a game-based context. - Submission of practical assignments and the reports detailing their progress, as well as performance in the laboratory whilst carrying out the practicals. Practical dossier. PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES - 30% - Assessments that follow the learning process and capture the skills the student acquires, as well as compulsory and active participation in the seminars and practical sessions. Practical work and presentation on decision-making, theoretical and practical knowledge regarding the portfolio, and attendance at training sessions. FINAL KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENTS - 50% - Written examinations covering the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. Examination held during the standard examination period. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT - 100% Final examination comprising a practical case study involving problem-solving related to the practical component of the module (100%). Similarly, this exam will consist of a theoretical section, worth 60%, and a practical application section, worth 40% of the total; students must pass both sections to pass the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. García Manso, Juan Manuel; Navarro Valdivieso, Manuel; Ruiz Caballero, José Antonio Sports Training Planning Gymnos. 1996. ISBN: 8480130547 2. Riera Riera, Joan Fundamentals of Learning Sports Technique and Tactics Inde. 2010. ISBN: 9788497292276 3. Sampedro, Javier Fundamentals of Sports Tactics Gymnos. 1999. ISBN: 0084801302167 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430543 | Biomechanics of sports techniques | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Biomechanics of sports techniquesCódigo: 0430543 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives To analyse the biomechanical parameters involved in the most common sporting movements and techniques, such as those found in the main athletics disciplines. To integrate the laws of mechanics into the study of human movement and their application to sporting techniques. To gain experience in the handling and use of various measurement and analysis tools aimed at improving athletes’ technical execution and performance. To understand the process of assessing sporting technique and the main indicators used to analyse the technical effectiveness of a specific motor skill. Course content TOPIC 1. Introduction to biomechanics - Definition of sports biomechanics - Types of biomechanical analysis TOPIC 2. Qualitative biomechanical analysis - Concept - Observational analysis - Protocols and methods of analysis TOPIC 3. Quantitative biomechanical analysis - Mechanical models - Analysis of kinematic, angular and dynamic variables TOPIC 4. Biomechanics applied to injury prevention - The concept of mobility - Assessment tests - Windlass mechanism - Muscle activation techniques TOPIC 5. Biomechanics applied to strength training - Concept of torque - Applied biomechanical variables - Force-Velocity (F-V) Profile - Fatigue analysis TOPIC 6. Biomechanics of jumping - Types of jumps - Assessment of lower-body strength - Dynamic and biomechanical analysis of the jump TOPIC 7. Biomechanics of running - Phases and technique of running - Spatio-temporal variables - Power-based training - Analysis using wearable sensors (Stryd, RunScribe) TOPIC 8. Biomechanical aspects of sports footwear - Technological developments - Impact of the biomechanical variables of footwear TOPIC 9. Biomechanics of sprinting - Sprint technique - Horizontal force-velocity profile - Force-velocity profile during a change of direction TOPIC 10. Biomechanics of cycling - Basic concepts - Aerodynamics and analysis of angular variables Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 80 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To be eligible for CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, a minimum attendance of 70 per cent at lectures is compulsory. Furthermore, students must achieve a minimum attendance of 70 per cent and participate in practical sessions. Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to Continuous Assessment, and students will be required to sit the final assessment during the official examination periods. Continuous assessment will be distributed as follows: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. The assessment system is structured into three components: 1. Final knowledge tests (50 per cent). An individual final theory exam covering the content covered in lectures and practical sessions. It will assess conceptual understanding and the ability to apply biomechanical analysis. 2. Practical activities (30%). Continuous assessment of laboratory and field practical sessions. This will assess the handling of equipment, the correct execution of protocols, the analysis and interpretation of data, and the preparation of technical reports. It will consist of the submission of laboratory practicals carried out in class. 3. Portfolio (20%). An individual compilation of evidence of learning, including technical analyses, reflections and significant activities carried out during the course. This will enable the assessment of the student’s progress, critical thinking skills and autonomy. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Should students fail to meet the attendance and participation requirements, they must sit a final theoretical and practical examination, the mark for which will account for 100% of the final mark. The examination will consist of: - Theoretical section (60 per cent): assessment of conceptual knowledge via a written test. - Practical component (40 per cent): solving applied case studies or carrying out a technical analysis of the content covered in the practical sessions. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 must be obtained in the practical component in order to be included in the average with the theoretical component. Otherwise, the module will be deemed failed. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430544 | Basic concepts of biochemistry | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic concepts of biochemistryCódigo: 0430544 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To provide students with basic information on the chemical composition of living organisms, paying particular attention to the molecules that make up cells and tissues. 2. To familiarise students with the metabolic processes responsible for generating energy. Description of the content THEORY TOPIC 1: Metabolism: basic concepts and an overview. TOPIC 2: Glycolysis. TOPIC 3: The Krebs cycle. TOPIC 4: Oxidative phosphorylation. TOPIC 5: The pentose phosphate pathway and gluconeogenesis. TOPIC 6: Metabolism of glycogen and disaccharides. TOPIC 7: Metabolism of fatty acids. TOPIC 8: Amino acid breakdown and the urea cycle. SEMINARS SM1: Biosynthesis of macromolecule precursors: steroid hormones. SM2: Immunoglobulins. SM3: Hormonal action. SM4: Transport across the membrane. Training activities 1. Lectures on concepts related to the specific career-oriented training chosen by the student (15 hours). 2. Practical laboratory sessions in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of the specific vocational training chosen by the student (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (45 hours). 5. Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To be eligible for CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, a minimum attendance of 70 per cent at lectures is compulsory (at the time of that assessment). Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment, and students will be required to sit the final examination during the official examination periods. Continuous assessment will be distributed as follows: Final knowledge tests (60%) Written examinations at the end of the term covering the full range of learning activities undertaken in the module (60%). Practical activities (20%) Practical assignment that brings together the knowledge acquired in the course’s laboratory sessions Portfolio (20%) A project bringing together the theoretical work carried out in all lectures throughout the semester Non-continuous assessment Final assessments (100%) The final exam mark will be calculated by weighting both parts: Theoretical section: 60% Practical part: 40% To pass the exam, it is essential to achieve at least 5 out of 10 in the practical part. Furthermore, the weighted sum of both parts must result in a final mark of 5 or higher. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430545 | Teaching Physical Activity and Sport II | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Teaching Physical Activity and Sport IICódigo: 0430545 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand and analyse the different approaches to teaching physical activity and sport. 2. To distinguish between the various complexities that arise in the practice of teaching physical activity. 3. To understand the innovations and challenges faced as a professional in the teaching of physical activity and sport. 4. To be able to analyse and implement high-quality innovations in the teaching of physical activity and sport. 5. To be able to analyse the different approaches to teaching physical activity and sport within curricular contexts. 6. Be able to design research and innovation projects in the field of physical activity and sport teaching. 7. Self-awareness as a teacher, coach, participant or counsellor in physical and sporting activities. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Learning outcomes Course competences: 1) C.E.57. To study the process of acquiring different motor skills, analysing the factors involved in this process. 2) Learning Outcome 58. Understand and apply the basic principles of teaching Physical Activity and Sport. 3) Learning Outcome 59. Distinguish between existing teaching styles and know how to apply them depending on the context in which we find ourselves. 4) Learning Outcome 60. Understand the current structure of the Spanish education system. 5) Learning Outcome 61. To understand the planning processes in Physical Education and know how to apply them to any year group within the secondary education stage. 6) C.E.62. To be familiar with and know how to apply assessment criteria and tools in different educational contexts, thereby learning to monitor the teaching-learning process. 7) C.E.63. To be familiar with and know how to apply Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in an educational context. 8) C.E.64. Understand the functioning and organisation of the school. Qualification competences: 1. Learning Outcome 1. To design, develop and evaluate teaching and learning processes relating to physical activity and sport, taking into account the individual and contextual characteristics of participants. 2. Learning Outcome 2. To promote and evaluate the development of lasting and independent habits of physical activity and sport amongst the school population. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess competences in in terms of learning outcomes will include, amongst others, the following: - Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content areas content covered by answering theoretical questions. - Carrying out assignments that apply the concepts covered in class. - Applying, through practical scenarios, to real-life situations what has is covered in class at a theoretical level. - Draw up an annual PE programme for any year group within of secondary education. - Understand how different pedagogical variables influence the teaching and learning process. - Independently develop any topic through research and independent study. - To be able to apply the principles and models of pedagogical intervention in any educational context. - Make appropriate use of ICT. Description of the content BLOCK I: PRINCIPLES IN THE TEACHING OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. Topic 1. Reflections on pedagogy, sports coaching and ethical and moral principles. Topic 2. The ethical and political significance of pedagogy and sports coaching. SECTION II: SELF-AWARENESS Topic 3. Experience vs. Effectiveness vs. Excellence in teaching, physical activity and coaching Topic 4. The identity of the teacher, physical activity leader and/or coach SECTION III: THE VARIOUS APPROACHES TO TEACHING PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. Topic 5. Teaching models in physical activity and sport. Topic 6. Analysis of teaching in physical activity and sport. Topic 7. The quality of teaching in physical activity and sports training. SECTION IV: INNOVATION IN THE TEACHING OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Topic 8. Developments in teacher training. Teaching paradigms in physical activity. Topic 9. Criteria for innovation in physical activity and sport. From design to assessment. SECTION V: ASSESSMENT IN PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND SPORT Topic 10. Assessment in physical activity and sport. Models and trends. Training activities 1. Lectures on concepts relating to the processes of teaching physical activity and sport (15 hours). 2. Practical sessions in laboratories or sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (4 hours). 5. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature searches, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (40 hours). 6. Written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. The continuous assessment section is organised into three components: Final knowledge assessments, Practical activities and Portfolio. For this module, the weightings established for each section are: • Final knowledge assessments: 60% This section includes the final submissions covering the theoretical content taught in class • Practical activities: 30% Throughout the course, various seminars will be held, with assignments to be prepared and submitted during class time • Portfolio: 10% Submission of all work completed during the course, in a timely and appropriate manner TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, ATTENDANCE AT BOTH THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL CLASSES IS MANDATORY FOR AT LEAST 70 PER CENT OF THEM. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT. 100 per cent of the mark will be based on a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: • Theoretical part: 60% • Practical part: 40% It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430546 | Sports equipment and facilities | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sports equipment and facilitiesCódigo: 0430546 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives To develop a sufficient understanding of what a sports facility entails: its composition, structure, hierarchy and programme development. To understand the key aspects of the management and administration of sports facilities. To learn how to lead and manage sports facilities. To develop medium-level marketing campaigns for a sports facility. Make informed decisions regarding the equipment and components required for a specific type of sports facility. Develop a business model for a sports facility: SPORTS CENTRE, FITNESS CENTRE, SPORTS EVENTS OR ECONOMIC ACTIVITY RELATED TO THE SPORTS SECTOR Course content description Theory: Structure and hierarchy of sports centres Management and administration of sports facilities. Leadership Commercial marketing for sports centres Improving the financial performance of sports facilities Large-scale facilities Practical: Assignment 1: Development of a business model: SPORTS CENTRE, FITNESS CENTRE, SPORTS EVENTS OR ECONOMIC ACTIVITY RELATED TO THE SPORTS SECTOR Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by the student throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria The final mark for the module will be out of 10, which can be achieved through continuous assessment throughout the course or by sitting the final assessment (theoretical exam). The assessment process for the Sports Equipment and Facilities module is as follows: Continuous assessment Final knowledge assessments (60%) THEORETICAL EXAMS. A final theoretical exam will be held. This exam will account for 60% of the final mark. To have the result averaged with the other assessments, students must achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the exam. Practical activities (30%) Complete an assignment to be submitted by the dates specified by the lecturer. Development of a business model. To receive a mark, students must achieve a minimum of 5. Otherwise, it will be counted as 0 Portfolio (10%) Completion of an assignment at the end of each topic. To receive a mark, a minimum score of 5 is required. Otherwise, it will be counted as 0. These assignments must be submitted by the date and time specified by the lecturer. IT IS STRICTLY MANDATORY TO SUBMIT THEM IN PDF FORMAT. Assignments submitted in any other format will not be accepted. Non-continuous assessment If students choose to sit the final examination or forfeit their right to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMINATION IN JANUARY or the SITTING FOR STUDENTS WHO HAVE FAILED. This examination will be both theoretical and practical. The final ‘supplementary’ exam will cover ALL THE THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL MATERIAL COVERED DURING THE COURSE. This exam will be marked out of 10 marks, and the mark achieved will be the grade recorded in the course record; this exam will be divided into two parts: Theoretical part: 60% Practical part: 40% It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Addendum COURSE ATTENDANCE To retain the right to continuous assessment, students must attend at least 70 % of face-to-face classes. If absences exceed 30 %, this right will be automatically forfeited, regardless of the reason for the absences. Procedure for justifying absences Evidence of absence must be sent to the lecturer responsible for the module via institutional email or via a message on the virtual campus, within a maximum of two weeks from the date of the absence. Evidence of absence handed in in person or submitted after the deadline will not be accepted. In the event of absence due to ill health, it is essential to provide an official medical certificate. Any absence that is not duly substantiated will not be considered a justified absence. Important: submitting a proof of absence does not automatically mean that the absence will be considered justified. The final assessment will depend on whether it complies with the regulations and on the judgement of the teaching team. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430547 | Nutrition | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NutritionCódigo: 0430547 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to achieve the following objectives: 1- To provide students with a comprehensive overview of nutrition, the physiology of digestion and factors relating to dietary patterns. 2- To teach students the methodology for conducting a proper nutritional assessment and how to interpret the results in relation to a person’s state of health. 3- To familiarise students with the constituent elements of each food group. 4- To encourage students to think critically in order to assess the accuracy of information received regarding nutrition and, thereby, prevent the acceptance and spread of false myths. 5- To develop tools for improving one’s daily diet, as well as greater awareness of the use of food, supplements and other products consumed. 6- To address topics of interest relating to nutrition, providing additional reference material to explore the subject further 7- To spark students’ interest in learning about the nutritional aspects of the various foods they regularly consume and to provide methods for assessing whether these are suitable for achieving their intended nutritional goals. Description of the content Description of the content THEORY Topic 1: Introduction to nutrition Topic 2: Macronutrients: Proteins, Carbohydrates and Lipids. Topic 3: Micronutrients: Vitamins and minerals Topic 4: Dietary fibre Topic 5: Water Topic 6: A balanced diet and the Mediterranean diet. Dietary guidelines Topic 7: Foods of animal origin Topic 8: Plant-based foods Topic 9: Other foods Topic 10: Food safety, food microbiology and good practice in the kitchen. SEMINARS SM1. Food allergies and intolerances SM2. Applying theoretical concepts SM3. Gut microbiota SM4. Clinical cases Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria In the course’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and rubrics for each one. To be eligible for CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, a minimum attendance of 70 per cent at both theory and practical classes is compulsory. Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to Continuous Assessment, and students will be required to sit the final assessment during the official examination sessions. Continuous assessment will be allocated as follows: Final knowledge tests (60%) -Exams assessing the knowledge acquired from the theoretical concepts studied in class. Practical activities (20%) - Solving practical case studies based on information previously studied in laboratory activities. Students will be set exercises to complete relating to the concepts covered in the session or will be asked to search for scientific articles on a specific topic, to develop critical reading skills. Portfolio (20%) - Compilation of a portfolio in which the theoretical concepts covered in class are applied in a practical manner. Non-continuous assessment will be distributed as follows: Theoretical-Practical Test (100%) - A written examination covering the theoretical knowledge of the subject (60%) - A practical examination assessing the practical skills acquired. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical mark. (40%) The examinations will be multiple-choice, except for the practical cases, which may consist of solving a problem similar to those worked on in class. Incorrect answers in the multiple-choice examination are marked negatively. In the course/module’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and marking schemes for each one. 5.1. Ordinary examination session To pass the course/module in the ordinary assessment period, you must achieve a mark of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher in the final mark (weighted average) for the course and, in addition: The average mark for all activities in each course/module must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the exam. Similarly, the exam mark must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the activities. 5.2. Extraordinary examination session To pass the module in the resit, students must achieve a final mark (weighted average) of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. Students must submit any assignments that were not passed during the ordinary examination period, after receiving the relevant feedback from the lecturer, or any assignments that were not submitted at all. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Ángel Gil Treatise on Nutrition 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2017. ISBN: 9788491101956 Supplementary: 2.- Alfredo Martínez Hernández Fundamentals of Nutrition and Dietetics Panamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9788491105251 3. José Matáix Verdú Nutrition and Human Diet Ergon. 2009. ISBN: 9788484736646 4. Marcela Glez-Gross Sports Nutrition: From Physiology to Practice Panamericana. 2020. ISBN: 9788491106036 5. Pablo Veiga Herreros Theoretical and Practical Handbook of Nutrition and Diet Bellisco. 2009. ISBN: 9788495277008 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430548 | Public health | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Public healthCódigo: 0430548 Imprimir Course 4. Subject: First semester. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives Objectives 1) To understand the fundamentals of epidemiology and public health. 2) To apply epidemiological methods in research relating to health and physical activity. 3) Assess the relevance of epidemiology in disease prevention and health promotion. 4) Analyse epidemiological studies and research methodology in health and physical activity. 5) To critically evaluate epidemiological evidence in health and sport. 6) Understand the relationship between epidemiology and physical activity-related diseases. 7) Become familiar with public health tools and their application in contexts of physical activity. Course content Course content -Lectures. 1) Introduction to epidemiology and public health. 2) Demography, the environment and public health. 3) Epidemiological methodology, causal inference. 4) Epidemiological studies, research methodology. 5) Epidemiology of disease. 6) Public health tools. -Seminars. 1) Comparison and reflection on different healthcare models. 2) Design and development of an observational study linking public health with physical activity and sport. 3) Design of a physical activity campaign. 4) Epidemiology applied to physical activity. -Laboratory work. Carrying out research on a topic that links physical activity with public health. Training activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT *To be eligible for this assessment, students must have an attendance rate of at least 80% of classes; once this requirement is met, they will be assessed as follows: Final knowledge assessments: (60%). A written examination covering the content taught in the classroom during lectures. (During the standard assessment period and on the standard date) Practical activities (30%). This component will consist of the average of the marks obtained from the activities carried out in the various seminars. Portfolio (10 per cent). Submission, presentation and defence of the work carried out during the laboratory sessions. FINAL ASSESSMENT Final examination covering the content of the theoretical module (60%) and practical case studies to be solved relating to the content covered in seminars and laboratory sessions (40%) Bibliography Supplementary: 1. GONZALO PIEDROLA GIL PREVENTIVE MEDICINE AND PUBLIC HEALTH, 12th EDITION: MASSON ISBN: 9788445826058 2.- JOHN M. LAST DICTIONARY OF EPIDEMIOLOGY: SALVAT EDITORES SA ISBN: 9788434523722 3. Juan Martínez Hernández BASICS OF PUBLIC HEALTH: Diez de Santos ISBN: 9788479785628 4. Various Authors HANDBOOK OF EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH FOR HEALTH SCIENCES UNDERGRADUATES (3rd EDITION): 3rd ed.: Panamericana ISBN: 9788491101734 Addendum Addendum General learning outcomes: 1) To understand the key concepts of epidemiology and public health: Understand and apply the fundamental concepts of epidemiology and public health in contexts relating to physical activity and sport. 2) Critical Analysis and Problem Solving: Develop analytical skills and the ability to address issues relating to health and physical activity from an epidemiological and public health perspective. 3) Integrating Knowledge for Well-being: Integrate the principles of epidemiology and public health into the design and implementation of physical activity programmes, contributing to the wellbeing and quality of life of the population. 4) Leadership in Health Promotion: To develop leadership skills to actively promote public health and exercise as a way of life, inspiring others to adopt healthy habits. 5) Critical Thinking in Epidemiological Research: To foster critical thinking when evaluating and applying epidemiological data, identifying opportunities to improve the health of communities through physical activity. Bibliography Supplementary: 1. GONZALO PIEDROLA GIL PREVENTIVE MEDICINE AND PUBLIC HEALTH, 12th EDITION MASSON. 2015. ISBN: 9788445826058 2. JOHN M. LAST DICTIONARY OF EPIDEMIOLOGY SALVAT EDITORES SA. 1989. ISBN: 9788434523722 3. Juan Martínez Hernández BASICS OF PUBLIC HEALTH Diez de Santos. 2003. ISBN: 9788479785628 4. Various Authors HANDBOOK OF EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH FOR HEALTH SCIENCES DEGREE COURSES (3rd EDITION) 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2018. ISBN: 9788491101734 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0430549 | Physical activity in special population groups | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical activity in special population groupsCódigo: 0430549 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To be able to guide, design, implement and evaluate physical exercise and physical fitness at an advanced level, based on scientific evidence, across different settings, contexts and types of activities for the general population, with an emphasis on specific groups such as: older people (the elderly), people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), taking gender and diversity into account. • To design and implement, with fluency, ease, awareness and consistency, appropriate, efficient, systematic and varied physical exercise and fitness programmes, based on scientific evidence, for the development of processes of adaptation and improvement or rehabilitation of specific abilities in each individual in relation to human movement and its optimisation; with the aim of resolving unstructured, increasingly complex and unpredictable problems, with an emphasis on special populations. • Be able to rehabilitate, retrain and/or re-educate individuals and groups of people with injuries and medical conditions (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor), through physical and sporting activities and physical exercises suited to their characteristics and needs. • Be able to promote, advise on, design, implement and evaluate, from a technical and scientific perspective, appropriate and varied programmes of physical activity, physical exercise and sport, adapted to the individual and group needs, requirements and characteristics of populations with special needs, with an emphasis on older people (the elderly), women and diversity, people with disabilities, and people with medical conditions, health problems or similar issues (diagnosed and/or prescribed by a doctor). Description of the content BLOCK I: The different types of diagnoses according to aetiology, stage of development, chronicity and necessary support. Topic 1.1. Characteristics of people diagnosed with cognitive and sociocognitive impairments. Perceptual difficulties, impulsive behaviour and hyperactivity. Psycho-affective and psychomotor characteristics, and their implications for healthy physical activity aimed at improving quality of life Topic 1.2. Neurological disorders. Aetiologies, characteristics and their impact on physical activity, physical exercise and healthy sport. Topic 1.3. Respiratory and musculoskeletal disabilities. Type, severity and their implications for physical activity, physical exercise and healthy sport. BLOCK II: Definition and diagnosis, prevalence, progression, prognosis, and anatomical and physiological alterations and changes associated with the various conditions affecting people with special needs. Topic 2.1. Factors contributing to the development of the various disabilities or conditions leading to dependency. Topic 2.2. Scientific evidence on the impact of healthy physical activities. SECTION III: Physical activity and healthy physical exercise Topic 3.1. Physical activity and exercise in neurological and degenerative conditions Topic 3.2. Tailoring intervention programmes according to phase or stage of development SECTION IV: Planning physical activity and healthy exercise for people with special needs Topic 4.1. Initial assessment and evaluation of the development of healthy programmes Topic 4.2 Practical sessions based on scientific evidence regarding intervention programmes for groups with special needs. Training activities 1. Lectures on concepts related to the specific career guidance training chosen by the student (15 hours). 2. Practical laboratory sessions, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of the specific career guidance training chosen by the student (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (45 hours). 5. Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment process will be carried out taking into account the various learning outcomes. To this end, the following assessment activities will be used to determine the extent to which each of the listed learning outcomes has been achieved: CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Final knowledge assessments (60%) - Written examinations covering the range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. Practical activities (30%) - Submission of practical assignments and reports on their progress, as well as performance in the laboratory/gym during the practical sessions. - Assessments that follow the learning process and assess the skills the student is acquiring. - CO1: - Individual assignment on the characteristics of people with special needs - Group project on the different approaches to physical activities, physical exercise and healthy sport CO2: - Practical session on physical exercise for special populations (group work) - Final assignment (written) Portfolio (10%) - Assessment of reports on various case studies set for students to solve by applying the knowledge acquired. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: This accounts for 100% of the mark and will consist of a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: Theoretical part: 60% Practical part: 40% It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Reading list Core: 1. Arráez Martínez, Juan Miguel Motor skills, self-concept and integration of blind children Granada: University: Andalusian Institute of Physical Education. 1998. ISBN: 8433824783 2. Various authors Adapted physical education for primary schools: first cycle Barcelona: INDE, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8495114666 3. Cati Gómez Lecumberri; Núria Puig Barata; Gaspar Maza Gutiérrez Sport and social integration. A guide to educational intervention through sport INDE. 2009. ISBN: 9788497291552 4. Francisco Javier Hernández Vázquez Inclusion in Physical Education. The keys to success for the inclusion of pupils with different abilities INDE. 2012. ISBN: 9788497293082 5. Rios Hernández, Merche Handbook on Adapted Physical Education for Pupils with Disabilities Barcelona: Paidotribo, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8480196858 6. Sanz Rivas, David; Reina Vaíllo, Raúl. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES AND ADAPTED SPORTS FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES Paidotribo. 2015. ISBN: 9788499101576 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430550 | Communication in a Foreign Language II | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Communication in a Foreign Language IICódigo: 0430550 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire the skills necessary to achieve a B2 level in English, with particular emphasis on individual expression (spoken and written), the communication process (speaking and listening), the correct use of spoken and written language (accuracy, coherence and appropriateness, lexical accuracy, spelling, vocabulary, pronunciation and creativity) and reading texts (reading, comprehension and critical thinking). Description of the content A) Functional content: Listening to and commenting on current affairs Listening to and commenting on matters of personal interest: habits Describing events Asking questions Write personal and informal texts, as well as technical and/or formal ones Write relatively complex texts on general and specific topics, as well as on personal interests Expressing oneself orally in everyday, informal, professional and formal situations Talk about personal goals, new technologies, professional meetings and future plans Leave voicemail messages Express and defend an opinion: make suggestions, express agreement and disagreement B) Grammar Topics: Present tenses (simple present, present continuous, simple past, past continuous) Past tenses (simple past, past perfect, pluperfect and perfect) Used to Different ways of expressing the future Conditionals Modal verbs Wish, if only, hope Look, seem, appear The passive voice Verbs followed by the infinitive and/or -ing Adjectives ending in –ed / -ing Comparative forms of adjectives and adverbs Indirect questions C) Vocabulary Personal interests Collocations Abstract nouns Countable and uncountable nouns Phrasal verbs related to consumption Expressions for showing agreement and disagreement Learning activities The learning activities that students will undertake throughout the course are as follows: - Lectures or classroom sessions (15 hours). - Seminars, workshops, etc. (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria The assessment process will be carried out with the aim of achieving the learning outcomes set out in the course description. The assessments will evaluate the four language skills (reading comprehension, listening comprehension, written expression and oral expression). These assessments will consist of: • Writing tasks. • Written tests comprising multiple-choice, true or false, fill-in-the-blank and open-ended questions. • Reading and reading comprehension exercises. • Vocabulary and grammar exercises. • Completing and presenting assignments. • Listening comprehension tests. • Oral expression tests. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed through continuous assessment as follows: Final knowledge tests (Total 60%): Mid-term test 1 (Total 30%): Reading comprehension + Language use (grammar and vocabulary) 10% Written expression 10% Listening comprehension 10% Mid-term exam 2 (Total 30%): Reading comprehension + Language use (grammar and vocabulary) 10% Writing 10% Listening comprehension 10% Practical activities (Total 30%): Oral presentation 30% Portfolio (Total 10%): Classwork 10% IMPORTANT: Once all continuous assessment tests have been completed, if the overall average mark in any of the skills (Reading Comprehension + Language Use, Written Expression, Listening Comprehension or Oral Presentation) is below 2.5, no average mark will be calculated. In this case, the final mark will be a maximum of 3. The student must sit the corresponding ordinary or resit examination. The dates of these examinations will be announced by the lecturer in advance. They will take place in the usual classroom, unless the lecturer specifies otherwise at the time. Note 1: AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the individual oral examination may be carried over to either the ordinary or extraordinary final examination within the current academic term. The results of the written examinations MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES FOR ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. Note 2: To pass this module through continuous assessment, students must have completed all three required assessments during the term. If any one is missing, it will not be possible to pass the module through continuous assessment and the student must sit the ordinary or extraordinary examination session. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT - REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Should a student have failed to sit any of the mid-term examinations or have failed them, 100 per cent of the mark will be based on a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: Theoretical part (60% in total): Reading comprehension + Language use (grammar and vocabulary) 20% Written expression 20% Listening comprehension 20% Practical part (Total 40%): Oral presentation Once the theoretical part has been completed, if the overall average mark in any of the skills (Reading Comprehension + Language Use, Written Expression or Listening Comprehension) is below 2.5, no average mark will be calculated. In this case, the final mark will be a maximum of 3 and, therefore, the student must sit the corresponding official examination session. Furthermore, it is an essential requirement to obtain a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the oral presentation in order for the marks to be averaged with the theoretical part. Note 1: AT THE DISCRETION OF EACH LECTURER, the results of the individual oral examination may be carried forward for either of the two final examinations (ordinary or supplementary) within the academic term in question. The results of the written examinations MAY NOT BE CARRIED OVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES FOR ANY OTHER EXAMINATION SESSION. Therefore, both continuous assessment and the ordinary and extraordinary examination sessions will have UNIQUE AND SPECIFIC written examination results for each session. Note 2: To pass this module through continuous assessment, students must have sat all three required tests during the term. If any one is missed, it will not be possible to pass the module through continuous assessment and the student must sit the ordinary or extraordinary examination session. -EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION: 100 per cent of the mark will be based on a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: Theoretical part (60% in total): Reading comprehension + Language use (grammar and vocabulary) 20% Written expression 20% Listening comprehension 20% Practical part (Total 40%): Oral presentation Once the theoretical part has been completed, if the overall average mark in any of the skills (Reading Comprehension + Language Use, Written Expression or Listening Comprehension) is below 2.5, no average can be calculated. In this case, the final mark will be a maximum of 3 and, therefore, the student must sit the corresponding official examination. Furthermore, it is an essential requirement to obtain a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the oral presentation in order for the mark to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Helen Stephenson, Lewis Lansford, Paul Dummett Keynote Upper-Intermediate Split A Student’s Book Cengage Learning. 2018. ISBN: 9781337561303 Supplementary: 2. Raymond Murphy English Grammar in Use. Fifth Edition. Book with Answers Cambridge University Press. 2019. ISBN: 9781108457651 3. Virginia Evans, Jenny Dooley, Susanne Hartley Career Paths: Physiotherapy Student’s Book Express Publishing. 2019. ISBN: 9781471562921 Links BBC Learning English - Sport and Exercise - Learn vocabulary to talk about sport and exercise, including phrasal verbs, phrases and idioms. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430551 | Nutrition | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NutritionCódigo: 0430551 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to achieve the following objectives: 1- To provide students with a comprehensive overview of dietetics and other related sciences. 2- To teach students the methodology for conducting a proper nutritional assessment and interpreting the results in relation to a person’s state of health. 3- To familiarise students with the specific requirements and needs of each stage of a person’s life cycle. 4- To encourage students to think critically in order to assess the accuracy of information received relating to the field of nutrition and, thereby, prevent the acceptance and spread of false myths. 5- To develop tools for improving one’s daily diet, as well as a greater awareness of the use of food, supplements and other products consumed. 6- To address topics of interest relating to nutrition and dietetics, providing additional reference material to explore the subject further 7- Provide the necessary knowledge to correctly assess a person’s diet and make consistent, healthy changes Course content description • THEORY TOPIC 1: Introduction to nutrition TOPIC 2: Nutrition during pregnancy and breastfeeding. TOPIC 3: Nutrition during breastfeeding: preterm newborns, newborns and infants. TOPIC 4: Nutrition in early childhood: 1–3 years, pre-school and school-age children. TOPIC 5: Nutrition in adolescence. TOPIC 6: Nutrition in adulthood. TOPIC 7: Nutrition in older adults. TOPIC 8: Nutrition education. • SEMINARS SM1: Diet planning. SM2: Dietary surveys. SM3: Assessment of nutritional status. SM4: Dietary quality. SM5: Nutrition in chronic non-communicable diseases. Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria In the course’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and marking schemes for each one. To be eligible for CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT, a minimum attendance of 70 per cent at both theory and practical classes is compulsory. Failure to meet this requirement will result in the loss of the right to Continuous Assessment, and students will instead sit the non-continuous assessment during the official examination sessions. Continuous assessment will be allocated as follows: Final knowledge assessments (60%) -Exams assessing the knowledge acquired from the theoretical concepts studied in class. Practical activities (20%) - Solving practical case studies based on information previously studied in laboratory activities. Students will be set exercises to complete relating to the concepts covered in the session or will be asked to search for scientific articles on a specific topic, to develop critical reading skills. Portfolio (20%) - Compilation of a portfolio in which the theoretical concepts covered in class are applied in a practical manner. Non-continuous assessment will be distributed as follows: Theoretical-Practical Test (100%) - A written examination covering the theoretical knowledge of the subject (60%) - A practical examination assessing the practical skills acquired. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical mark. (40%) The examinations will be multiple-choice, except for the practical tasks, which may involve solving a problem similar to those covered in class. Incorrect answers in the multiple-choice examination are marked negatively. In the course/module’s virtual classroom, you will be able to view in detail the activities you are required to complete, as well as the submission dates, assessment criteria and marking schemes for each one. 5.1. Ordinary examination session To pass the course/module in the ordinary assessment period, you must achieve a mark of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher in the final mark (weighted average) for the course and, in addition: The average mark for all activities in each course/module must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the exam. Similarly, the exam mark must be 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher to be included in the overall average with the activities. 5.2. Extraordinary examination session To pass the module in the resit, students must achieve a final mark (weighted average) of 5.0 out of 10.0 or higher. Students must submit any assignments that were not passed during the ordinary assessment period, after receiving the relevant feedback from the lecturer, or any assignments that were not submitted at all. Bibliography Essential: 1. Alfredo Martínez Hernández Fundamentals of Nutrition and Dietetics Panamericana. 2011. ISBN: 9788491105251 Supplementary: 2.- Ángel Gil Treatise on Nutrition 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2017. ISBN: 9788491101956 3. José Matáix Verdú Nutrition and Human Diet Ergon. 2009. ISBN: 9788484736646 4. Marcela Glez-Gross Sports Nutrition: From Physiology to Practice Panamericana. 2020. ISBN: 9788491106036 5. Pablo Veiga Herreros Theoretical and Practical Handbook of Nutrition and Diet Bellisco. 2009. ISBN: 9788495277008 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430552 | Organisation and planning of sports training | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organisation and planning of sports trainingCódigo: 0430552 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives General Objectives To acquire and master basic theoretical and practical concepts and knowledge relating to the planning, organisation, monitoring and evaluation of the sports training process Specific Objectives To understand and be able to apply the principles of sports training, adapting them to the different situations encountered during the training process To be able to adapt, plan and structure the short-, medium- and long-term training process for the main motor skills Prerequisites None specified Competencies To study the process of acquiring the various motor skills. The main competences related to the subjects covered in this module that students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1. To know and understand the effects that a training programme has on athletes’ physical fitness. 2. To master the key concepts of the sports training process. 3. To recognise and practise the different systems and methods for training physical qualities (strength, endurance, flexibility and speed). 4. To understand, develop and apply the basic concepts of sports training planning and delivery. 5. To be familiar with the methodology and specific training methods for the chosen sport, organising them into a training schedule. 6. To know how to plan and evaluate training and competition in the chosen sport 7. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature dealing with various aspects related to the organisation and planning of sports training. Relationship to the degree programme’s learning outcomes This module specifically contributes to the following competences defined for the degree programme as a whole, although there are other competences to which it may also contribute: 1) To plan, develop and monitor the training process at its various levels. 2) Apply physiological, biomechanical and behavioural principles when supervising sports training. Learning outcomes The elements that can be used to assess these competences in terms of learning outcomes include, amongst others, the following: • Demonstrating sufficient knowledge of the various content modules covered by answering theoretical questions. • Apply what is covered in theory in class to real-life situations through practical scenarios. • Plan and periodise a season, or part of a season, in the chosen sport. • Independently develop any content through research and personal study. • To be able to apply the principles and methods of sports training to the development of the various basic physical qualities, taking into account the relevant context. • Apply the technical and tactical knowledge acquired in relation to the chosen sport. • Carry out practical functional assessments of those abilities that can be evaluated through testing (e.g. joint mobility, strength, endurance, speed, etc.). • Make appropriate use of ICT. Description of the content 1. Planning/periodisation of sports training. 2. Tapering (pre-competition preparation). 3. Organisation and planning of sports training for young people. 4. Planning, programming and women. 5. Training monitoring. 6. Training in special circumstances. 7. Training programming in health-oriented fitness programmes. Training activities The training activities to be carried out to ensure that students acquire the intended competences during this module and are able to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1. Lectures on concepts relating to sports training, functional assessment of physical and sporting performance, as well as those relating to the technical and tactical aspects applied to sports training (15 hours). 2. Practical sessions in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually develop the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of sports training and the functional assessment of physical performance (30 hours). 3. Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4. Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus), literature reviews, report writing and practical work carried out both individually and in groups, etc. (45 hours). 6. Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus.
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT SYSTEM To pass the module, students must fulfil the following requirements: Final knowledge assessments, practical activities and a portfolio. A. Final knowledge assessments. A final examination comprising open-ended and closed-ended questions will be held. The final mark for the examinations accounts for 60% of the overall mark. B. Practical activities. These are compulsory for passing via continuous assessment. Successful completion of the practicals accounts for 20% of the final mark. C. Portfolio. This will be set at the end of the term, in which the student will develop a training programme for a practical scenario. The mark for this assignment accounts for 20% of the final mark. In any case, in order for the marks from the three assessment methods to be calculated, students must achieve a PASS in each of them. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT SYSTEM: 100% of the mark will be based on a single theoretical and practical examination. This examination will be divided into two parts: A. Theoretical Part: 60% B. Practical Part: 40%. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical part. Bibliography Core: 1. Bosco, Carmen Muscle Strength Inde. 2000. ISBN: 8495114542 2. García Manso, Juan Manuel High Performance Gymnos. 1999. ISBN: 8480132032 3. García Manso, Juan Manuel Sports Training Planning: Gymnos. 1996. ISBN: 8480130547 4. Issurin, Vladimir Sports Training Paidotribo. 2014. ISBN: 9788499100852 5. Platonov, Vladimir Nikolaievich General Theory of Olympic Sports Training Paidotribo. 2001. ISBN: 8480195711 6. Verkhoshansky, Yury Theory and Methodology of Sports Training Paidotribo. 2002. ISBN: 8480196122 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430553 | Promotion, organisation and development of sporting events | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Promotion, organisation and development of sporting eventsCódigo: 0430553 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To develop a sufficient understanding of the organisation of a sporting event: composition, structure, hierarchy and programme development. 2. To familiarise oneself with the key aspects of the management and administration of sporting events. 3. To learn how to lead, manage, organise and run different types of sporting events. 4. To develop medium-level marketing campaigns for a sporting event 5. Make sound decisions regarding the creation and organisation of a sporting event. 6. To improve the capabilities and revenue of a sporting event. 7. Develop a sports event project that can be implemented in practice. Course content * Theory: 1. Structure and hierarchy in sporting events 2. Organisation and management of sporting events 3. Leadership 4. Marketing applicable to the development of sports projects 5. Skills transferable to a sporting event * Practical: Organisation of a sporting event at UAX in coordination with the University’s sports department Learning activities The training activities to be undertaken by students throughout the module will be as follows: - Lectures or masterclasses (15 hours). - Practical classes (facilities, laboratory, etc.) (30 hours). - Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). - Assessment (5 hours). - Students’ independent work (study, e-learning, literature review, etc.) (45 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The final mark for the module will be out of 10 and may be obtained either through continuous assessment throughout the course or by sitting the non-continuous assessment. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: Final knowledge assessments (50%). A theoretical and practical examination will be held, which may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay questions, or case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of answers provided. The exam will be marked out of 10. To be included in the overall mark alongside other coursework, a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 must be achieved in the exam. Otherwise, the mark will be recorded as a fail. Practical activities (30%) A task to be carried out in accordance with the procedure explained in class by the lecturer. Apply the theoretical framework and organise a sporting event on the UAX campus. To pass this component, a minimum mark of 5 is required. Otherwise, it will be recorded as a fail. Portfolio (20%) comprising an analysis of all practical classes, each of which includes between 1 and 2 practical tasks per week. It is compulsory to achieve a mark of at least 5 in all assessment components; otherwise, the module will not be passed in the ordinary assessment period and attendance at the supplementary assessment period will be compulsory. If students opt for non-continuous assessment or forfeit their right to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMINATION during the REGULAR or SUPPLEMENTARY examination period. NON-CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: If students opt for the final assessment or lose their entitlement to continuous assessment, they must sit the COURSE EXAMS IN MAY OR JULY. Final assessments (100%) Final exam 100%. The theoretical and practical exam may consist of multiple-choice questions, short-answer or essay-style questions, or case studies. For multiple-choice questions, correct answers will be marked, bearing in mind that incorrect answers will result in a percentage deduction based on the number of options in the question. The exam will be marked out of 10 marks. The theoretical section will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. The practical section will account for 40% of the final mark. It is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical section in order for it to be averaged with the theoretical section. EXCUSES FOR ABSENCES Excuse notes for absences may only be submitted within a maximum of two weeks of the absence; after this period, the excuse note will no longer be valid. If a student is absent from class due to illness, they must provide a medical certificate; otherwise, the absence will not be considered justified. Excuse notes must be sent to the tutor by email or via a message on the virtual campus. Excuse notes handed in person during class will not be accepted. SUBMITTING AN EXCUSE NOTE DOES NOT ALWAYS MEAN THAT THE ABSENCE IS CONSIDERED JUSTIFIED. Addendum BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Pozas, D. Manual on the Organisation of Sporting Events. Published by Pulsaciones.net. 2. Fernández and Vázquez, J.J. Guide to Protocol and Ceremonial Procedures for the Organisation of Sporting Events. Published by Síntesis. (2005) 3. López de Subijana, C; Martínez Díez, B. Handbook on the Organisation of Sporting Events. Wanceulem. 2010. 4. Desbordes, M; Falgoux, J. Management and Organisation of a Sporting Event. INDE. 2006. 5. Fernández, J.J. Handbook of Sports Protocol and Ceremonial. Paidotribo. 2005 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0430554 | Functional recovery and sports rehabilitation | OP | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Functional recovery and sports rehabilitationCódigo: 0430554 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Elective. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To understand and identify the most significant risk factors for sports injuries, as well as the concepts of functional recovery and exercise rehabilitation, as a specialism within the Sciences of Physical Activity and Sport. 2. To be able to design a specific exercise rehabilitation programme for injuries, selecting the most effective training methods for each injury, as well as the most appropriate load and progression. 3. To acquire competence in the practical application of programmes for identifying injury risk and training systems tailored to injured athletes. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been established Learning Outcomes Course competences The main competences related to the subjects in this module which students will acquire upon completion are as follows: 1) To acquire the necessary and specific training for in the field of physical activity and sport, in accordance with the chosen career path. 2) To recognise and practise the various systems and methods of training physical qualities. 3) To understand, develop and apply the basic concepts of sports planning and training, adapting them to injured athletes. 4) Understand and analyse the characteristics of athletes from a physiological and biomechanical perspective. Competencies for the professional profile - To plan, develop and monitor the training process at its various levels. - Apply physiological, biomechanical, behavioural and social principles whilst managing . Learning outcomes - Demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the various content modules by answering theoretical and practical questions. - Carry out assignments and practical exercises applying the subject-specific subject. - Independently explore any topic through research and independent study. - Be able to apply the principles and models of pedagogical intervention in any educational context. - Make appropriate use of ICT. Course-specific learning outcomes: 1. To be familiar with and understand the concept of functional recovery and exercise retraining. 2. To recognise and interpret the phases involved in the functional recovery from injuries. 3. To identify the most significant risk factors for injury in sport. 4. Be able to design a specific exercise rehabilitation programme for injuries. 5. To understand and critically and reflectively evaluate the various methods that can be used in the functional recovery from sports injuries. Course content description TOPIC 01: Theoretical framework. Functional recovery. Sports rehabilitation. Injury epidemiology. TOPIC 02: Multidisciplinary team and phases of functional recovery. TOPIC 03: Physical capacities involved in functional recovery. TOPIC 04: Assessment, monitoring and quantification of functional recovery. TOPIC 05: Functional recovery from short- and medium-term injuries: sprains, dislocations and muscle injuries. TOPIC 06: Functional recovery from long-term sports injuries: groin pain, Achilles tendon and anterior cruciate ligament TOPIC 07: Functional recovery specific to high-performance sport. Planning to prevent recurrence Training activities The training activities designed to enable students to acquire the intended competences during this module and to achieve the expected outcomes of the work undertaken will be: 1) Lectures on concepts related to the specific professional specialisation chosen by the student (15 hours). 2) Practical sessions in laboratories and sports facilities, in small groups, enabling students to gradually acquire the ability to work independently in problem-solving and decision-making within the field of the specific career guidance training chosen by the student (30 hours). 3) Individual and group tutorials (5 hours). 4) Students’ independent work, including study, e-learning (interactive distance learning via the virtual campus, literature reviews, report writing and carrying out practical work both individually and in groups, etc.) (45 hours). 5) Oral, written and practical assessment tests (5 hours). Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 70 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. Continuous assessment is organised into three components: * Final knowledge assessments: 50%, covering the content studied in a multiple-choice written test. * Practical activities: 30%, relating to various practical exercises at the time of injury. * Portfolio: 20%, relating to the injury process in a specific case to be determined. Non-continuous assessment will be determined by a single theoretical and practical examination, which will be divided into two parts: * Theoretical part: 60%, covering the content discussed in a multiple-choice written test. * Practical part: 40%, relating to the resolution of a specific case study on a sports injury; it is an essential requirement to achieve a minimum mark of 5 out of 10 in the practical part in order for this to be averaged with the theoretical part. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 24 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*Character: BT: Basic Training, Ob: Required, Op: Optional
You can consult the full faculty in the biodatas of each subject within the syllabus.
The Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences has the Career Services where we provide you with everything you need to carry out your internships and institutions, to encourage contact with the professional world right from the start.
UAX has more than 100 internship agreements with top-level sports clubs and organisations:
During your study programme, you'll have exclusive online training content that Rafa Nadal himself and his entire team have worked on, sharing their experiences and revealing the secrets that have led him to success: Toni Nadal, Carlos Moyá, Ángel Ruiz Cotorro, Rafael Maymó, Carlos Costa, Benito Pérez-Barbadillo, Gemma Bes and Maribel Nadal.
You'll access unique content that will help you hone the qualities today's job market demands: effort, cooperation, empathy, leadership, professional ethics, responsibility and commitment, humility and confidence, resilience, discipline, and hard work.
In the Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences we offer a complete and practical programme. 80% of the classes are of a practical nature.
You will learn in modern facilities equipped with state-of-the-art material:
We work with Microsoft's Global Sports Innovation Center to update the qualification with technological innovation, including a guided tour of their facilities in the centre of Madrid.
Olympic and high performance sportsmen and women train at our facilities.
Entry routes and requirements
The legal entry requirements apply to the following groups:
Admission process scoring
Only UAX includes a functional assessment and physical fitness test in its entrance examinations for this degree programme, complete with a full report on the results.
Assessing physical ability will be one of your key responsibilities when you enter the world of sports performance, health and sport. We provide you with a comprehensive functional assessment report comprising:
• Assessment of your aerobic capacity
• Assessment by training zone
• Bioimpedance analysis
• Jumping ability analysis
Come along to take the entrance tests and we’ll give you the results* along with your letter of admission. This way, as well as saving time, you’ll have valuable information about your performance and potential to kick-start your journey towards professional success.
*The report containing the results provided with your letter of admission has no legal validity.
Credit recognition
Alfonso X El Sabio University has approved and published regulations in line with Royal Decree 822/2021 to address the transfer and recognition of credits. https://www.uax.com/download/9959/file/Regulations-TRC.pdf The recognition of credits within the official curriculum of this degree programme will be carried out by assessing the alignment between the skills and knowledge acquired through previously completed studies and those set out in the curriculum of the corresponding programme.
Credit recognition primarily applies to students coming from the CFGS (Higher Vocational Training) programme, and there are tables based on the specific course cycle from which the student originates. As for the remaining credit recognition requests, these are from students transferring between universities, and it is simply a matter of verifying that the programmes match.
Practising professionals who are at the forefront of training in sport, performance and health
You will learn from a teaching staff comprising experts from the sports sector, fitness trainers, physiologists, researchers and practising professionals who bring their real-world experience from clubs, high-performance centres, sports organisations and international projects into the classroom.
Coordinador de cantera y de fútbol base en el CD Leganés SAD. Ex entrenador de fútbol en la Escuela de la Real Federación Española de Fútbol, Real Madrid y Rayo Majadahonda.
Galardón Nacional Industria Fitness en 2007 y 2009. Reconocimiento FEDOMEDE en Docencia y aporte a al Deporte y Salud. Director del Instituto Internacional Ciencias Ejercicio Físico y Salud.
Former coach and physical trainer Guangzhou Evergrande Football School (the biggest and most prominent team in the Chinese League) and Real Madrid Castilla (physical trainer). Head of High Performance at CD Leganés.
Physical trainer specialised in Gymnastics, training for 17 years with the National Rhythmic Gymnastics Team, twice world champion (2013 and 2014) and Olympic runner-up in Rio de Janeiro 2016.
PhD accredited in CCAFyD. More than 5 years of university teaching experience.
Connect with the heart of the sports industry and let your talent take off. Undertake work placements and gain real-world experience that will open doors for you in the fields of performance, sports management and health.
Practical training and qualifications to boost your career
At UAX you will work on real challenges with students and you will have access to top level internships such as: Rafa Nadal Academy, Quirón Salud, Atlético de Madrid, Hospital de la Princesa, Dazn, Clínica Cemtro, and many more.
Get certified in the skills most in demand by companies:
Enrol on specialist certification courses within the Faculty of Biomedical and Health Sciences:
We train professionals under the guidance of experts who are already transforming the world of healthcare and the sports industry, drawing on UAX’s ethos and Rafa Nadal’s working model.
Real-world projects with companies
You’ll take part in educational experiences that connect you with the real needs of businesses: you’ll tackle challenges set by companies in the sector, working in an interdisciplinary way with students from other fields.
They’ve made it happen – are you in?
To encourage social inclusion and promote healthy lifestyle habits among students with intellectual disabilities at Liceo Achalay, through a sports day organised by the students of the Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences at UAX together with the students of the Master's Degree in Psychopedagogy, in order to stimulate their interest in sport and combat sedentary lifestyles.
Unas instalaciones sostenibles de más de 2.000m2 con un diseño vanguardista y equipamiento de última generación con las que UAX amplía su campus y refuerza su apuesta por la excelencia en la formación en Salud y Deporte. Find out more
A unique, university-level sports club with the best facilities for multi-sport practice. Find out more
A unique, university-level sports club with the best facilities for multi-sport practice. Find out more
1. Sports performance and elite sport:
You will be able to work in sports entities, clubs, academies or federations as: Physical trainer, sports coach, physical-sports rehabilitation, performance analyst, injury prevention technician, sports assistant in competition.
Fitness, health and physical activity for special populations:
You will be able to work in gyms, sports centres, clinics or health-oriented centres as: Personal trainer, Specialist in exercise and health, Coordinator of directed activities, Trainer for the elderly, special populations or people with disabilities, Technician in physical fitness improvement programmes.
3. Sports management and facility management:
You will be able to work in the field of sports management and organisation in: Management of sports facilities, Management in clubs, town councils or sports entities, Coordination of sports activities and events, Management or entrepreneurship in your own sports projects.
4. Technology applied to sport and performance:
One of the great differentials of the degree at UAX. You will be able to work as: Specialist in sports technology, Technician in biomechanical and movement analysis, Performance data analyst (data performance), Digital consultant in sport and health, Technician in load monitoring and GPS systems.
5. Nature, leisure and active tourism:
You will be able to work in outdoor activities and sports in nature as: Guide or monitor of activities in the natural environment, Coordinator of recreational and adventure programmes, Technician in leisure and free time sports.
6. Teaching and education:
Access to teaching in public and private educational centres (requires a qualifying Master's degree), as well as in other environments: Physical Education Teacher, Teacher in sports training centres, Physical activity technician in social or inclusive contexts.
The first step is to contact our team of advisers to determine the best way to start your professional career with us, you can also arrange a personal visit from Monday to Saturday and get to know UAX first hand.
Help us get to know you a little better by starting the admission process. You will need to upload the documents required for the application to our portal.
You will take several tests, including a language test, a knowledge test and a video in which you will answer two short questions. We also need some additional information to complete the registration.
A student who does not wait for someone to offer solutions, but takes the initiative to research, learn and create on their own. Welcome!
It’s not us saying this – it’s those who’ve already experienced it. They’ve been through it first-hand. Now they’re telling you all about it in their own words.
Meet the elite athletes who have studied at UAX
Campeón del Mundo Junior en Judo. 6º en el ranking mundial. Miembro del Equipo Nacional desde 2008. Medalla de bronce en los Juegos Olímpicos de París 2024.
Miembro del equipo nacional de Gimnasia Artística y campeona de España en cuatro ocasiones. Participó en los Juegos Olímpicos de París 2024.
Judoca Campeona de España Junior. Campeona de España Absoluta, Subcampeona de Europa Junior. Subcampeona del Mundo Junior 5º. Diploma Olímpico de Judo en París 2024.
Subcampeón del mundo de Golf para ciegos. Es el primer español en conseguir este trofeo.
Velocista en los Juegos Olímipicos de 2016 (Río de Janeiro) 200m. Plusmarquista de España Absoluta de 4x100m.
Jugador de Rugby. Internacional español Sub18 tanto de XV como de 7’s.
We need to know a little bit about you so that we can provide you with a personalised service.
All fields are required
Scholarships and Financial Support for Studying at UAX
We know that studying is an investment. That’s why we want to remove financial barriers and make things easier for you. Fill in the form and let our advisers help you discover the scholarships, agreements and personalised financial support that best suit your situation.
Community of Madrid
Financial support for students with a disability of 33 per cent or more who are studying at universities or higher education institutions specialising in the arts in the Community of Madrid.
Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport
Find out about the scholarships and grants offered by the Ministry of Education, Vocational Training and Sport, categorised by type and level of education.
Attracting Pre-doctoral Research Talent
Financial support for outstanding students who wish to carry out innovative research and contribute to the advancement of knowledge in their disciplines.
If you’ve already decided to take the plunge, enrol early and benefit from a direct grant. It’s a way of rewarding your commitment and giving you a head start in planning your future.
Students from Ibero-America
This programme is aimed at Ibero-American citizens or foreign nationals legally resident in countries within the OEI’s sphere of influence. The scholarship covers a 50% discount on the total tuition fees.
Students from Ecuador
This programme is aimed at citizens with Ecuadorian nationality and/or residence who wish to study an online master’s degree in Spain. The scholarship covers a 50% discount on the total tuition fees.
2025, 2nd Edition
Grants for students on higher-level vocational training, undergraduate, postgraduate or master’s programmes enrolled at Spanish universities with a Santander agreement. A financial supplement to support you whilst undertaking your work placements.
If you graduated from UAX and are now thinking of studying for a new degree, we want to continue supporting you. That’s why we’re offering you a 10 per cent discount on tuition fees.
If you have an immediate family member (up to the second degree of kinship) enrolled at UAX, you can benefit from a 5 per cent discount on tuition fees. Because studying as a family is even better.
Studying for two degrees at the same time is a challenge, and we want to support you. If you’re already at UAX and enrol on a second degree programme, you’ll be eligible for a grant towards your booking fee and tuition fees.
If you’d like to continue your studies with us and progress from vocational training to a bachelor’s degree, from one bachelor’s degree to another, or from a bachelor’s degree to a postgraduate degree, we’re here to support you with a grant covering up to 25 per cent of your tuition fees.
If you have a strong academic record, we would like to recognise your talent with a scholarship designed for new students. (Excludes the degree in Medicine).
If you’re a high-performance athlete, at UAX we want to help you balance your passion with your studies. We offer specific grants that can cover up to 50% of your tuition fees.
A history of success
UAX obtains the highest rating of 5 stars and the overall "Excellent" badge for Employability, Teaching, Academic Development, Facilities, Online Teaching and Good Governance in the prestigious international QS Stars rating.
The prestigious ranking of the BBVA Foundation and the IVIE recognises us as the university with the best job placement in Spain in 2023, consolidating our model focused on the real employability of our graduates.
Forbes ranks UAX as the private university with the most graduates working in its area (nearly 90%), thanks to a unique educational model firmly linked to the labour market through more than 8,800 agreements with companies.
UAX is recognised as the second most innovative university in Spain, the only private university among the top three in the ranking. This recognition highlights our transversal commitment to AI and training in sustainability.
The Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences is one of the sports-related degree programmes you can study at the UAX Rafa Nadal University School. Health and fitness are now of vital importance in people’s daily lives, which is why studying sports sciences is an excellent choice for your future.
Students on the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences will be able to work in sports centres, facilities or teams, leading, managing and organising physical and sporting activities.
In public and private organisations focused on the promotion and management of physical activity and sport.
In performance-oriented sports centres or gyms, with the aim of optimising individual and/or team performance through the coaching of teams or athletes.
In schools or educational centres as teachers, or in specialist centres as a means of social integration, or in companies related to leisure and recreation.
In health-oriented physical activity centres (for older people, special populations, people with disabilities, etc.).
As you can see, there are various career opportunities, as mentioned above, which reflect the career paths available to INEF graduates and which are offered by the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (CAFYD). This degree opens doors to a variety of fields within the sports and physical wellbeing sector.
To access the Degree in CAFYD you need to submit your academic transcript, take a competency test, a motivation letter and pass a language test in Spanish if you are not a native speaker.
It is recommended that when studying INEF you are a sports person, dynamic, curious about why and how to improve people's physical condition. It is recommended that when studying physical activity and sport sciences, the student has previously had contact with physical-sporting activity and a vocational character.
The difference between CAFYD and INEF is that CAFYD is the acronym for the degree of Sciences of Physical Activity and Sport, while INEF is the acronym for the National Institute of Physical Education.
The confusion between the two acronyms has its origin in the fact that initially CAFYD could only be studied at INEF and the expression "studying INEF" became popular, when in fact CAFYD was studied at INEF.
Nowadays CAFYD is studied in numerous university centres, among which the Alfonso X el Sabio University stands out.
The CAFYD programme lasts four years.
The Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (CAFYD) is a university degree that focuses on the study of human movement and physical exercise. During the degree, students acquire skills in planning, management and execution of physical activity programmes, both in the field of sport and health promotion. Disciplines such as exercise physiology, biomechanics, training theory, sports psychology and physical education didactics are covered.
Graduates are prepared to work in a wide range of contexts, from sports education and coaching to sports facility management and research.
To access the Bachelor's Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (CAFYD), it is advisable to have studied the Baccalaureate in the Science modality. This is because the subjects of this modality, such as Biology, Physics and Chemistry, provide a solid basis for understanding the scientific aspects of physical exercise and sport.
Other related qualifications
We offer a wide range of courses, so you’re sure to find a programme that suits you.
Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (CAFYD) + Degree in Physiotherapy
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Degree in Physical Activity and Sport Sciences (CAFYD) + Degree in Human Nutrition and Dietetics
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Bachelor’s Degree in Sports Management
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
4 años
Bachelor Degree in Physiotherapy
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
4 years
Bachelor’s Degree in Human Nutrition and Dietetics (Blended Learning)
In collaboration with:
Start:
October
Length:
4 years
Online Advanced Diploma in Fitness Training
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
2 years
The UAX promotes the culture of quality among the university community through the UAX Quality System (SIUAX), for which the University Management is ultimately responsible, ensuring that the planning of the system is implemented to effectively meet the quality objectives, the satisfaction of needs, requirements and expectations of customers and interested parties.
The responsible bodies are:
- Governing Council: the highest decision-making body in the academic sphere and responsible for the deployment of improvement in academic processes. It is made up of the Rector, the Vice-Rectors, the Deans, the Secretary General and the Directorate of Student Services. Those responsible for the areas of Talent and Technology also participate.
- Faculty/Centre Board: body for monitoring the deployment of academic processes at faculty level. It is made up of the head of the faculty, the heads of studies of the degree programmes and the quality coordinator.
- Degree Monitoring and Improvement Committee (SIM): responsible for ensuring academic quality and compliance with the commitments made in the programme report. It is made up of the head of studies for the degree, 3 coordinating lecturers, the degree quality manager, the faculty quality manager, 1 graduate, 1 employer and at least one student.
This organisational structure channels a bidirectional communication of the different improvement actions and ensures the construction of a quality culture at the University.
You can consult the different indicators in the following links:
Action plans for the degree:
- Increase the number of agreements for international mobility with English-speaking universities.
- Increase material resources, including new spaces, as well as extending the timetable for the use of existing ones.
- Increase the teaching staff with accredited lecturers and PhDs.
- Increase the participation of all stakeholders in satisfaction surveys.